Quarterlytics / Consumer Cyclical / Auto - Parts / Garrett Motion

Garrett Motion

gtx · NYSE Consumer Cyclical
Claim this profile
Ticker gtx
Exchange NYSE
Sector Consumer Cyclical
Industry Auto - Parts
Employees 5001-10,000
← All annual reports
FY2022 Annual Report · Garrett Motion
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

__________________________

FORM 10-K
__________________________

(Mark One)





ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2022

OR

For the transition period from_____to_____

Commission File Number 001-38636

__________________________
Garrett Motion Inc.

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)
__________________________

Delaware

(State or other jurisdiction of 
incorporation or organization)

La Pièce 16 , Rolle, Switzerland

(Address of Principal Executive Offices)

82-4873189

(I.R.S. Employer
Identification No.)

1180

(Zip Code)

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

+41 21 695 30 00

(Registrant’s telephone number, including area code)

Title of each class

Trading Symbol(s)

Name of each exchange on which registered

Common Stock, $0.001 par value per share

Series A Cumulative Convertible Preferred Stock, par value $0.001 per share

GTX

GTXAP

The Nasdaq Stock Market LLC

The Nasdaq Stock Market LLC

Securities registered pursuant to section 12(g) of the Act: None

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. Yes ☐ No ☒

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act. Yes ☐ No ☒

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period

that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes ☒ No ☐

 
 
 
 
 
 
Indicate  by  check  mark  whether  the  registrant  has  submitted  electronically  every  Interactive  Data  File  required  to  be  submitted  pursuant  to  Rule  405  of  Regulation  S-T  (§232.405  of  this  chapter)  during  the

preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit such files). Yes ☒ No ☐

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, a smaller reporting company, or an emerging growth company. See the definitions of “large

accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” “smaller reporting company,” and “emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

Large accelerated filer

Non-accelerated filer

Emerging growth company

☐

☐

☐

Accelerated filer

Smaller reporting company

☒

☐

If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant

to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act. ☐

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has filed a report on and attestation to its management’s assessment of the effectiveness of its internal control over financial reporting under Section 404(b) of the

Sarbanes-Oxley Act (15 U.S.C. 7262(b)) by the registered public accounting firm that prepared or issued its audit report. x

If securities are registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act, indicate by check mark whether the financial statements of the registrant included in the filing reflect the correction of an error to previously issued

financial statements. ☐

Indicate by check mark whether any of those error corrections are restatements that required a recovery analysis of incentive-based compensation received by any of the registrant’s executive officers during the

relevant recovery period pursuant to §240.10D-1(b). ☐

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act). Yes o No x

The aggregate market value of the voting and non-voting common equity held by non-affiliates of the registrant was approximately $501 million based on the closing price of its shares of Common Stock, par value

$0.001 per share, on the Nasdaq Global Select Market on June 30, 2022, the last business day of the registrant’s second fiscal quarter.

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has filed all documents and reports required to be filed by Sections 12, 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 subsequent to the distribution of securities

under a plan confirmed by a court. Yes ☒ No ☐

As of February 8, 2023, the registrant had 64,842,997 shares of common stock, $0.001 par value, outstanding.

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

Portions of the Registrant’s definitive proxy statement relating to its 2023 annual meeting of shareholders (the “2023 Proxy Statement”) are incorporated by reference into Part III of this Annual Report on Form

10-K where indicated. The 2023 Proxy Statement will be filed with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission within 120 days after the end of the fiscal year to which this report relates.

 
Table of Contents

Page

PART I
Item 1.
Item 1A.
Item 1B.
Item 2.
Item 3.
Item 4.
PART II
Item 5.
Item 6.
Item 7.
Item 7A.
Item 8.

Item 9.
Item 9A.
Item 9B.
Item 9C.
PART III
Item 10.
Item 11.
Item 12.
Item 13.
Item 14.
PART IV
Item 15.
Item 16.
Signatures

Business
Risk Factors
Unresolved Staff Comments
Properties
Legal Proceedings
Mine Safety Disclosures

Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities
Reserved
Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risks
Financial Statements and Supplementary Data
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm (PCAOB ID No. 1235)
Consolidated Statements of Operations
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income
Consolidated Balance Sheets
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
Consolidated Statements of Equity (Deficit)
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure
Controls and Procedures
Other Information
Disclosure Regarding Foreign Jurisdictions that Prevent Inspections.

Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance
Executive Compensation
Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters
Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence
Principal Accountant Fees and Services

Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules
Form 10- K Summary

3

6
19
32
32
32
32

33
35
35
48
50
50
53
54
55
56
57
58
97
97
97
97

98
98
98
98
98

99
101
102

 
 
 
 
BASIS OF PRESENTATION

Unless the context otherwise requires, references to “Garrett,” “we,” “us,” “our,” and “the Company” in this Annual Report on Form 10-K refer to Garrett Motion Inc. and its subsidiaries.

The  accompanying  consolidated  financial  statements  of  Garrett  reflect  the  consolidated  results  of  operations,  financial  position  and  cash  flows  of  Garrett,  in  conformity  with  accounting

principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“U.S. GAAP” or "GAAP").

Throughout  this  Annual  Report  on  Form  10-K,  we  reference  certain  industry  sources.  While  we  believe  the  compound  annual  growth  rate  (“CAGR”)  and  other  projections  of  the  industry
sources referenced in this Annual Report on Form 10-K are reasonable, forecasts based upon such data involve inherent uncertainties, and actual outcomes are subject to change based upon various
factors beyond our control. All data from industry sources is provided as of the latest practicable date prior to the filing of this Annual Report on Form 10-K and may be subject to change.

4

 
CAUTIONARY NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

This Annual Report on Form 10-K (this "Annual Report") contains forward-looking statements. We intend such forward-looking statements to be covered by the safe harbor provisions for
forward-looking statements contained in Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended ("the Securities Act"). All
statements  other  than  statements  of  historical  fact  contained  in  this  Annual  Report,  including  without  limitation  statements  regarding  our  future  results  of  operations  and  financial  position,
expectations regarding the growth of the turbocharger and electric vehicle markets and other industry trends, the sufficiency of our cash and cash equivalents, anticipated sources and uses of cash,
anticipated  investments  in  our  business,  our  business  strategy,  pending  litigation,  anticipated  interest  expense,  and  the  plans  and  objectives  of  management  for  future  operations  and  capital
expenditures  are  forward-looking  statements.  These  statements  involve  known  and  unknown  risks,  uncertainties  and  other  important  factors  that  may  cause  our  actual  results,  performance  or
achievements  to  be  materially  different  from  any  future  results,  performance  or  achievements  expressed  or  implied  by  the  forward-looking  statements.  In  some  cases,  you  can  identify  forward-
looking statements by terms such as “may,” “will,” “should,” “expect,” “plan,” “anticipate,” “could,” “intend,” “target,” “project,” “contemplate,” “believe,” “estimate,” “predict,” “potential,” or
“continue” or the negative of these terms or other similar expressions. The forward-looking statements in this Annual Report are only predictions. We have based these forward-looking statements
largely on our current expectations and projections about future events and financial trends that we believe may affect our business, financial condition and results of operations. These forward-
looking statements speak only as of the date of this Annual Report and are subject to a number of important factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from those in the forward-
looking statements, including the factors described in Part I, Item 1A. “Risk Factors,” of this Annual Report and in our other filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the "SEC").

You should read this Annual Report and the documents that we reference herein completely and with the understanding that our actual future results may be materially different from what we
expect.  We  qualify  all  of  our  forward-looking  statements  by  these  cautionary  statements.  Except  as  required  by  applicable  law,  we  do  not  plan  to  publicly  update  or  revise  any  forward-looking
statements contained herein, whether as a result of any new information, future events, changed circumstances or otherwise.

5

Item 1. Business

Our Company

PART I

Garrett designs, manufactures and sells highly engineered turbocharger and electric-boosting technologies for light and commercial vehicle original equipment manufacturers (“OEMs”) and the
global vehicle independent aftermarket as well as automotive software solutions. These OEMs, in turn, ship to consumers globally. We are a global technology leader with significant expertise in
delivering products for internal combustion engines ("ICE") using gasoline, diesel, natural gas and electrified powertrains (hybrid and fuel cell). Additionally, we are currently in the development
stage of turbochargers for internal combustion engines using hydrogen as fuel and other highly engineered components for zero emission vehicles. These products are key enablers for fuel (and/or
energy) economy and emissions standards compliance.

The turbocharger industry is expected to increase from approximately 46 million units in 2022 to approximately 48 million units by 2024, then gradually plateau and drop to approximately 41
million units by 2028, according to S&P ("S&P", formerly IHS) for  light  vehicles  and  Knibb,  Gormezano  and  Partners  ("KGP")  and  Power  Systems  Research  ("PSR")  for  on-highway  and  off-
highway commercial vehicles. The turbocharger industry growth is mainly driven in the short and medium term by an expected increase in the penetration of hybrid vehicles, from approximately 13
million hybrid cars globally in 2022 to an anticipated 29 million hybrid cars globally in 2026.

In  2022,  a  significant  increase  in  battery  electric  vehicle  (“BEV”)  production  has  been  observed  in  Europe  and  China,  with  BEV  representing,  respectively,  8%  and  18%  of  light  vehicles
produced. In China, renewed sales incentives, especially in Tier 2 and Tier 3 cities, as well as non-financial incentives such as more generous license-plate quotas for major metropolitan areas, have
bolstered Chinese BEV penetration. In the long-term, the proposal in the European Union ("E.U.") for all new cars to be zero-emission at tail pipe by 2035, as well as local regulations, could drive a
further increase of BEV penetration in Europe beyond currently forecasted levels. In the United States of America ("US" or "United States"), the tightening of CO2/mileage targets is expected to
drive higher turbo penetration in the short to medium-term. The President of the United States signed an executive order with the goal of making half of all new vehicles sold in 2030 zero-emissions
vehicles, including battery electric, plug-in hybrid electric, or fuel cell electric vehicles, which is expected to accelerate the electrification trend in the mid-to-long term. Garrett's portfolio for hybrid
powertrains includes new electric boosting solutions that leverage our unique technologies for electrical high speed boosting machinery. Garrett's product portfolio also includes fuel cell compressors
for which we are developing the third generation. We are well positioned to take advantage of growing opportunities especially in the application of commercial vehicles. In China, the roadmap
released by the China Society of Automotive Engineers, Energy-saving and New Energy Vehicle Technology Roadmap 2.0, outlines a technology path for the next ten years that aims to find a balance
between fuel consumption improvement for hybrids and the introduction of electric vehicles. In that context, the turbocharger industry is expected to keep contributing to fuel economy optimization
of gasoline, diesel vehicles and hybrid vehicles.

In the short to medium term, we continue to believe that turbocharger demand will grow as turbochargers remain one of the most cost-efficient levers to improve the fuel efficiency of gasoline,
diesel and hybrid vehicles. In 2021, Garrett won the prestigious Automotive News PACE™ award for the industry's first E-turbo that successfully launched in 2022. The unique high speed electric
motor technology developed for this product came from Garrett's fuel cell compressors that are required by fuel cell vehicles. Additionally, this technology also offers opportunities for new products
to support all types of electrified drivetrains. In the commercial vehicle industry, we expect a slower transition to BEVs due to the requirements of specific applications and associated range and
charging time constraints, which translates into more resilient turbocharger demand, as most commercial vehicles are turbocharged. In addition, low or zero emission alternative fuels for ICE, like
natural gas or hydrogen, are expected to gain momentum in coming years, supporting continued turbocharger demand. Growth in the turbocharger industry is expected globally, with special mention
for high-growth regions in Asia, where rising income levels continue to drive long-term automotive demand. While these positive factors do not isolate the turbocharger industry from fluctuations in
global  vehicle  production  volumes,  such  factors  may  assist  in  mitigating  the  negative  impact  of  macroeconomic  cycles.  In  addition,  approximately  30%  of  our  revenue  comes  from  commercial
vehicle and aftermarket sales that are less sensitive to the trend of electrification.

Emergence from Chapter 11

On September 20, 2020 (the “Petition Date”), the Company and certain of its subsidiaries (collectively, the “Debtors”) each filed a voluntary petition for relief under chapter 11 of title 11 of the

United States Code (the “Bankruptcy Code”) in the United States Bankruptcy Court for the Southern District of New York (the “Bankruptcy Court”). The

6

Debtors’ chapter 11 cases (the “Chapter 11 Cases”) were jointly administered under the caption “In re: Garrett Motion Inc., 20-12212.” On April 20, 2021, the Debtors filed the Revised Amended
Plan  of  Reorganization  (the  “Plan”).  On  April  26,  2021,  the  Bankruptcy  Court  entered  an  order  (the  “Confirmation  Order”)  among  other  things,  confirming  the  Plan.  On  April  30,  2021  (the
“Effective Date”), the conditions to the effectiveness of the Plan were satisfied or waived and the Company emerged from bankruptcy (the "Emergence").

Macroeconomic disruptions

The automotive industry continues to be impacted by uncertainty due to worldwide semiconductor shortages, the Covid-19 pandemic, governmental responses to the pandemic including the
lockdown measures in China, and geopolitical tensions. The semiconductor shortage is expected to continue into 2023 although to a lesser extent compared to the previous year, and production
levels may be reduced further should Covid-related lockdown measures persist or extend. The evolution of geopolitical conflicts and the consequent energy shortage in Europe, especially during the
winter season, may further expose supply related challenges for the automotive industry while adding inflationary pressure and triggering recessionary scenarios. The Company continues to review
production levels at OEM plants and closely monitor supply-chain disruptions related to logistics and component shortages in order to minimize the impact of the bottleneck in supply and mitigate
any potential disruption in production. Additionally, we have in place procedures for the monitoring of supplier risks and we believe we have substantially addressed such risks with manageable
economic impacts including use of premium freight or adjusted payment terms that are limited in time. We have prepared contingency plans for multiple scenarios that we believe will allow us to
react swiftly to changes in customer demand while protecting Garrett’s long-term growth potential. See "- Risks Relating to our Business - Volatility in the cost and availability of raw materials,
components,  energy  and  transportation,  in  addition  to  disruptions  in  the  supply  chain,  including  supplier  insolvency,  has  increased,  and  may  continue  to  increase,  the  cost  of  our  products  and
services, and may impact our ability to meet commitments to customers and cause us to incur significant liabilities." - in Item 1A - Risk Factors of this Annual Report.

Analyst consensus for the full year 2022 estimates growth of approximately 6% in global light vehicle production and approximately 15% drop in commercial vehicle production. As for the
turbocharger  industry,  a  5%  increase  for  the  combined  light  and  commercial  vehicle  turbocharger  industry  volume  occurred  in  2022.  In  2023,  4%  growth  is  expected  by  S&P  for  light  vehicle
production, and commercial vehicles are expected by KGP and PSR to grow at 5%. We have prepared contingency plans for multiple scenarios that we believe will allow us to react swiftly to
changes  in  customer  demand  while  protecting  Garrett’s  long-term  growth  potential.  The  supplies  needed  for  our  operations  were  generally  available  throughout  2022.  In  limited  circumstances,
certain suppliers experienced financial distress during 2022, resulting in supply disruptions. However, we had implemented new procedures in 2021 for monitoring of supplier risks associated with
Covid-19 and we believe we have substantially addressed such risks with manageable economic impacts including use of premium freight or adjusted payment terms that are limited in time. As the
global  supply  chain  restarts,  it  is  possible  that  additional  supply  constraints  will  appear  for  the  industry.  In  addition,  we  sustained  cost  control  measures  and  cash  management  actions  in  2022
including:

•

Postponing capital expenditures;

• Optimizing working capital requirements;

•

•

•

•

Lowering discretionary spending;

Flexing organizational costs by implementing short-term working schemes;

Reducing temporary workforce and contract service workers; and

Restricting external hiring.

The following charts show our percentage of revenues by geographic region and product line for the years ended December 31, 2022, 2021 and 2020, and the percentage changes from the prior

years.

7

 
 
Revenue Summary

By Geography

North America

Europe

Asia

Other

• We are a global business that generated revenues of approximately $3.6 billion in 2022.

•

In 2022, our OEM sales contributed approximately 86% of our revenues while our aftermarket and other products contributed 14%.

• Amongst OEM sales, light vehicle products (products for passenger cars, SUVs, light trucks, and other products) accounted for approximately 78% of our revenues. Commercial vehicle

products (products for on-highway trucks and off-highway trucks, construction, agriculture and power-generation machines) accounted for 22%.

• Approximately  48%  of  our  2022  revenues  came  from  sales  shipped  from  Europe,  31%  from  sales  shipped  from  Asia  and  19%  from  sales  shipped  from  North  America.  For  more

information, see Note 27, Concentrations, of the Notes to our Consolidated Financial Statements.

8

    
    
Our Industry

We currently compete in the global turbocharger industry for gasoline, diesel and natural gas engines, in the electric-boosting industry for electrified (hybrid and fuel cell) vehicle powertrains
and in the emerging connected vehicle software industry. As vehicles become more electrified, our electric-boosting products use principles similar to our turbochargers to further optimize air intake
and thus further enhance performance, fuel economy and exhaust emissions with the help of an integrated high-speed electric motor. By using a turbocharger or electric-boosting technology, an OEM
can deploy smaller, lighter powertrains with better fuel economy and exhaust emissions while delivering the same power and acceleration as larger, heavier powertrains. As such, turbochargers have
become  one  of  the  most  highly  effective  technologies  for  helping  global  OEMs  meet  increasingly  stricter  emission  standards.  At  the  same  time,  we  have  developed  unique  technological
competencies,  which  we  aim  to  continue  leveraging  to  solve  our  customers’  energy  related  challenges  in  the  electrification  evolution  related  to  ICE,  hybrids  and  electric  powertrains.  We  are
developing  solutions  and  increasing  our  research  and  development  ("R&D")  spend,  focusing  more  than  50%  of  total  R&D  expenditure  in  2023  on  electrification  technologies  like  fuel  cell
compressors for a broad range of stack power (40kW to 250kW) and high value electric vehicle components. We are also continuing to develop Model Predictive Controls ("MPC") algorithms and
cybersecurity software solutions that leverage our knowledge of vehicle powertrains and experience working closely with OEM manufacturers.

Global Turbocharger Industry

The global turbocharger industry includes turbochargers for new light and commercial vehicles as well as turbochargers for replacement use in the global aftermarket. According to S&P, KGP
and  PSR,  the  global  turbocharger  industry  consisted  of  approximately  46  million  turbocharged  vehicles  with  an  estimated  total  value  of  approximately  $10  billion  in  2022.  Within  the  global
turbocharger industry in 2022, light vehicles accounted for approximately 86% of total unit volume and commercial vehicles accounted for the remaining 14%.

S&P, KGP and PSR project that the turbocharger production volume will peak in 2024 and return to 2022 levels by 2026, driven mainly by turbochargers for light vehicle gasoline engines and
continued slow growth for commercial vehicles, offset by a decline in diesel turbochargers given a decline in diesel powertrains, particularly for light vehicles. This annual sales estimate would add
230 million new turbocharged vehicles on the road globally between 2023 and 2027.

Key trends affecting our industry

Current global economic conditions due to Covid-19 and geopolitical conflicts have adversely affected and may continue to adversely affect many industries including the automotive sector.
Chip shortages and rising raw material prices and inflation also had significant impacts on the automotive industry, making it unable to serve the recovery in demand. Consequently, S&P reduced its
light vehicle production volume forecast for 2023 from approximately 91 million units that they forecasted in 2021 to between 80 to 88 million units in their January 2023 light vehicle industry
production volume forecast.

Growth in overall vehicle production. After an increase of 3% in light vehicle production and 1% in commercial vehicle production in 2021, a stronger growth was expected in 2022. However,
supply chain disruptions, driven by shortages in semiconductors and the continuous impact of Covid-19 particularly in China, affected vehicle production in 2022 resulting in flat volumes versus
2021. For 2023, S&P, KGP and PSR expect limited growth in light vehicle production and growth in commercial vehicle production of approximately 6%. However, significant uncertainty level
remains with further Covid-19 waves, continued supply chain disruptions and geopolitical tensions. The shift from pure gasoline and diesel ICE to hybridized powertrains is expected to continue in
response to increasingly strict fuel efficiency and regulatory standards. In parallel, the share of pure electric vehicles is expected to continue to increase from a low base as technology and supporting
infrastructure continue to improve.

Global vehicle fuel efficiency and emissions standards. OEMs are facing increasingly strict constraints for vehicle fuel efficiency and emissions standards globally. Regulatory authorities in key
vehicle regions such as the United States, the European Union, China, Japan, and Korea have instituted regulations that require sustained and significant reductions in greenhouse gas (including CO2
and NOx) and particulate matter vehicle emissions. OEMs are required to evaluate and adopt various solutions to address these stricter standards. Turbochargers allow OEMs to reduce engine size
without sacrificing vehicle performance, thereby increasing fuel efficiency and decreasing harmful emissions. Furthermore, turbochargers allow more precise “air control” over both engine intake
and  exhaust  conditions  such  as  gas  pressures,  flows  and  temperatures,  enabling  optimization  of  the  combustion  process.  This  combustion  optimization  is  critical  to  engine  efficiency,  exhaust
emissions,  power  and  transient  response  and  enables  such  concepts  as  exhaust  gas  recirculation  for  diesel  engines  and  Miller-cycle  operation  for  gasoline  engines.  Consequently,  we  believe
turbocharging will continue to be

9

a key technology for automakers to meet future tough fuel economy and emissions standards without sacrificing performance.

Turbocharger  penetration.  The  utilization  of  turbochargers  and  electric-boosting  technologies  on  vehicle  powertrain  systems  is  one  of  the  most  cost-effective  solutions  to  address  stricter
standards, and OEMs are increasing their adoption of these technologies. S&P, KGP and PSR expect total turbocharger penetration to increase globally from approximately 46 million units in 2022
to  approximately  48  million  units  by  2024;  after  this  year,  the  turbocharger  penetration  will  plateau  then  start  decreasing  based  on  current  expectations  on  hybrid  solutions  adopted  by  different
OEMs, reaching the same volumes from 2022 in 2026. S&P forecasts turbocharger penetration growth for gasoline turbochargers, expecting an increase in light vehicles from approximately 47% in
2022 to 51% in 2025.

Medium-Term Powertrain Trends

Note - Years 2020 - 2022 represent actual data and years 2023 - 2027 represent forecasted data.

Source: S&P, KGP, PSR

Engine  size  and  complexity.  In  order  to  address  stricter  fuel  economy  standards,  OEMs  have  used  turbochargers  to  reduce  the  average  engine  size  on  their  vehicles  over  time  without
compromising performance. Stricter pollutants emissions standards (primarily for NOx and particulates) have driven higher turbocharger adoption as well, which we believe will continue in the
future,  with  a  predicted  total  automotive  turbocharger  production  volume  CAGR  of  1%  between  2022  and  2025,  in  an  industry  with  a  predicted  total  automobile  production  volume  CAGR  of
approximately 3% over the same period, in each case according to S&P, KGP and PSR.

Electrification. To address stricter fuel economy standards, OEMs also have been increasing the electrification of their vehicle offerings, primarily with the addition of hybrid vehicles, which
have powertrains equipped with a gasoline or diesel internal combustion engine in combination with an electric motor. S&P estimates that hybrid vehicles produced globally will grow from a total of
approximately 17.4 million vehicles in 2023 to 28.6 million vehicles by 2026, representing a CAGR of 17%. The electrified powertrain of hybrid vehicles enables the usage of highly synergistic
electric-boosting technologies which augment standard turbochargers with electrically assisted boosting and electrical-generation capability. Furthermore, the application of electric boosting extends
the requirement for engineering collaboration with OEMs to include electrical integration, software controls, and advanced sensing. Overall, this move to electric boosting further increases the role
and value of turbocharging in improving vehicle fuel economy and exhaust emissions.

10

Battery electric and fuel cell technologies. OEMs are investing in full BEVs to comply with increasingly tight regulatory targets across regions. S&P, KGP and PSR expect that BEVs will
compose 26% of total light and commercial vehicle production globally by 2026. Consumer adoption hinges on future "cost of range”, tightly linked to the energy capacity of the battery, but also
how well that energy is used. Energy efficiency increases (including how to best address thermal management challenges), battery price (and consequently vehicle price), weight reduction through
increases in power density, and shorter recharging times are all critical problems to solve. As OEMs strive to solve these issues, they are increasing investment in hydrogen fuel cell powered electric
vehicles for demanding applications requiring long range, especially in the commercial vehicle space. These vehicles, like battery electric vehicles, have fully electric motor powertrains, but they
rely  on  the  hydrogen  fuel  cell  to  generate  the  required  electricity.  The  hydrogen  fuel  cell  also  requires  advanced  electric-boosting  technology  to  run  efficiently  and  optimize  range  and  cost  of
ownership. We are investing to address selected challenges raised by the electrification trend, where our differentiated technology can bring benefits related to lighter, more compact and more energy
efficient components for electric vehicles.

Connected vehicles, software and controls. In addition to powertrain evolution, the connected vehicle industry is growing rapidly. Our MPC algorithms, predictive maintenance, diagnostics and
cybersecurity  tools  address  this  industry.  We  expect  their  adoption  will  increase  as  advanced  driver  assistance  features  increase  requirements  for  vehicle  functional  safety.  Simultaneously,  our
cybersecurity solutions protect those vehicles against outside interference to ensure correct functionality.

Vehicle ownership in China, India and other high-growth regions. Vehicle ownership in China, India and other emerging regions remains well below ownership levels in developed areas and
will be a key driver of future vehicle production. At the same time, these regions are following the lead of developed countries by instituting stricter emission standards. Growth in production volume
and  greater  penetration  by  large  global  OEMs  in  these  regions,  along  with  evolving  emission  standards  and  increasing  fuel  economy  and  vehicle  performance  demands,  is  driving  increasing
turbocharger penetration in high-growth regions.

Our Competitive Strengths

We believe that we differentiate ourselves through the following competitive strengths:

Global and broad industry leadership

We are a global leader in the $10 billion OEM turbocharger industry. We believe we will continue to benefit from the increased adoption of turbochargers, as well as our global technology

leadership, comprehensive portfolio, continuous product innovation and our deep-seated relationships with all global OEMs.

Light Vehicles

• Gasoline: The global adoption of turbochargers by OEMs on gasoline engines has increased rapidly from approximately 14% in 2013 to approximately 47% in 2022 and is forecasted by
S&P to increase to 51% by 2025. In addition to the volume growth, tightening of CO2 regulations is driving a technology shift, moving away from standard waste gate technology to
variable  geometry  turbo  ("VNT")  which  is  a  premium  technology  that  offers  us  technological  competitive  advantages.  In  2016,  we  launched  our  first  high  volume  VNT  gasoline
application,  and  this  technology  is  expected  to  experience  increased  adoption  in  years  to  come.  According  to  forecast  by  S&P,  VNT  should  represent  10%  of  global  turbo  gasoline
production by 2027, with 25% in Europe and 18% in China. In 2028, forecasted penetration maintains the same at a global level, with 25% in Europe and 19% in China. A key to our
strategy  for  gasoline  growth  is  thus  to  leverage  our  technology  strengths  in  high-temperature  materials  and  variable  geometry  as  well  as  our  scale,  global  footprint  and  in-market
capabilities to meet the volume on technology demands of global OEMs.

• Diesel:  We  have  a  long  history  of  technology  leadership  in  diesel  engine  turbochargers.  Despite  diesel  industry  weakness  for  some  vehicle  segments,  the  majority  of  our  diesel
turbochargers revenue comes from heavier and bigger vehicles like SUVs, pickup trucks and light commercial vehicles (such as delivery vans), which remain a stable part of the diesel
industry.  Diesel  maintains  a  unique  advantage  in  terms  of  fuel  consumption,  hence  cost  of  ownership,  and  towing  capacity  makes  it  the  powertrain  of  choice  for  heavier  vehicle
applications.  Diesel  also  remains  essential  for  OEMs  to  meet  their  CO2  fleet  average  regulatory  target  going  forward,  as  diesel  vehicles  produce  less  CO2  on  average  than  gasoline
vehicles.

•

Electrified vehicles:  We  provide  a  comprehensive  portfolio  of  turbocharger  and  electric-boosting  technologies  to  manufacturers  of  hybrid-electric  and  fuel  cell  vehicles.  OEMs  have
increased their adoption of these

11

electrified technologies given regulatory standards and consumer demands driving an expected CAGR globally of approximately 25% from 2022 to 2026, according to S&P. Similar to
turbochargers for gasoline and diesel engines, turbochargers for hybrid vehicles are an essential component of maximizing fuel efficiency and overall engine performance. Our products
provide OEMs with solutions that further optimize engine performance and position us well to serve OEMs as they add more electrified vehicles into their fleets.

Commercial vehicles. Our Company traces its roots to the 1950s when we helped develop a turbocharged commercial vehicle for Caterpillar. We have maintained our strategic relationship with
key commercial vehicle OEMs for over 60 years as well as industry-leading positions across both on- and off-highway use. Our products improve engine performance and lower emissions on trucks,
buses, agriculture equipment, construction equipment and mining equipment with engine sizes ranging 1.8L to 105L.

High-growth regions. We have a strong track record serving global and local OEMs, including customers in China and India, with an in-market and for-market strategy. We operate two R&D
centers and three manufacturing facilities in these high-growth regions that serve light and commercial vehicle OEMs. Our local presence in high-growth regions has helped us win business with key
international and domestic Chinese and Indian OEMs, and we grew significantly faster than the vehicle production in these regions between 2013 and 2022.

Strong and collaborative relationships with leading OEMs globally

We supply our products to more than 60 OEMs globally. Our top ten customers accounted for approximately 59% of net sales and our largest customer represented approximately 12% of our
net sales in 2022. With over 60 years in the turbocharger industry, we have developed strong capabilities working with all major OEMs. We consistently meet their stringent design, performance and
quality standards while achieving capacity and delivery timelines that are critical for customer success. Our track record of successful collaborations, as demonstrated by our strong client base and
our ability to successfully launch multiple product applications annually, is well recognized. Our regional research, development and manufacturing capabilities are a key advantage in helping us to
supply OEMs as they expand geographically and shift towards standardized engines and vehicle platforms globally.

Global aftermarket platform

Our Garrett aftermarket brand has strong recognition across distributors and garages globally, and is known for boosting performance, quality and reliability. We operate through a distribution
network of more than 250 distributors covering 165 countries. Our aftermarket business has historically provided a stable stream of revenue supported by our large installed base, currently estimated
at over 120 million vehicles. As turbocharger penetration rates continue to increase, we expect that our installed base and aftermarket opportunities will continue to grow.

Highly-engineered portfolio with continuous product innovation

We  have  led  the  revolution  in  turbocharging  technology  over  the  last  60  years  and  maintain  a  leading  technology  portfolio  of  approximately  1,700  patents  and  patents  pending.  We  have  a
globally deployed team of more than 1,220 engineers across five R&D centers and 11 close-to-customer engineering centers. Our engineers have led the mainstream commercialization of several
leading turbocharger innovations, including variable geometry turbines, dual-boost compressors, ball-bearing rotors, electrically actuated controls and air-bearing electric compressors for hydrogen
fuel  cells.  We  maintain  a  culture  of  continuous  product  innovation,  introducing  about  ten  new  technologies  per  year  and  upgrading  our  existing  key  product  lines  approximately  every  3  years.
Outside of our turbocharger product lines, we apply this culture of continuous innovation to meet the needs of our customers in new areas, particularly in connected automotive technologies. We are
developing solutions and increasing our R&D spend, focusing more than 50% of total R&D expenditure in 2023 on electrification technologies like fuel cell compressors for a broad range of stack
power (40kW to 250kW) and high value electric vehicle components. We are also continuing to develop MPC algorithms and cybersecurity software solutions that leverage our knowledge of vehicle
powertrains and experience working closely with OEM manufacturers.

Global and low cost manufacturing footprint with operational excellence

Our geographic footprint locates R&D, engineering and manufacturing capabilities close to our customers, enabling us to tailor technologies and products for the specific vehicle types sold in
each geographic industry. In all regions where we operate, we leverage low-cost sourcing through our robust supplier development program, which continually works to develop new suppliers that
are able to meet our specific quality, productivity and cost requirements. We now source more than two-thirds of our materials from low-cost countries and believe our high-quality, low-cost supplier
network to be a

12

significant competitive advantage. We have invested heavily to bring differentiated local capabilities to our customers in high-growth regions, including China and India.

In 2022, we manufactured more than 87% of our products in low-cost countries, including seven manufacturing facilities in China, India, Mexico, Romania and Slovakia. We have a long-
standing culture of lean manufacturing excellence and continuous productivity improvement. We believe global uniformity and operational excellence across facilities is a key competitive advantage
in our industry given that OEM engine platforms are often designed centrally but manufactured locally, requiring suppliers to meet the exact same specifications across all locations.

Our Growth Strategies

Garrett invests in innovative technologies that address the needs of our customers in the ongoing auto industry transformation. This continued investment into differentiated technology, coupled

with our relentless focus on customer relations and our global capabilities, allows us to drive the following business strategies:

Strengthen industry leadership across powertrain technologies

We are focused on strengthening our industry position in light vehicles:

• Gasoline turbochargers, which historically lagged adoption of diesel turbochargers, are expected to increase at a 2.1% annual CAGR from 2022 to 2025, according to S&P. We expect to
benefit from this higher growth given the gasoline platforms we have been awarded over the past several years. We have launched the first modern 1.5L VNT gasoline application with a
major OEM and we expect to see increasing adoption of this technology in years to come. Key to our strategy for gasoline growth is our plan to leverage our technology strengths in high
temperature materials and variable geometry technologies as well as our scale, global footprint and in-region capabilities to meet the volume demands of global OEMs.

• We believe growth in our share of the diesel turbochargers industry will be driven by new product introductions focused on emissions-enforcement technologies and supported by our
favorable positioning with large vehicles and high-growth regions within this industry. The more stringent emissions standards require greater turbocharger technology content such as
variable geometry, 2-stage systems, advanced bearings and materials which increase our content per vehicle.

Leverage our differentiated technology to solve key challenges in electrification

We stand to benefit from the increased adoption of hybrid-electric and fuel cell vehicles and the increased need for turbochargers associated with increased sales volumes for these engine types.
S&P estimates that the global production of electrified vehicles (ranging from mild-hybrids to plugin-hybrids to battery and fuel cell electric vehicles) will increase from approximately 22 million
vehicles  in  2022  to  approximately  60  million  vehicles  by  2027,  representing  an  annualized  growth  rate  of  approximately  18%.  OEMs  will  need  to  further  improve  engine  performance  for  their
increasingly hybrid electrified offerings, and our comprehensive portfolio of turbocharger and electric-boosting technologies are designed to help OEMs do so. We expect to continue to invest in
product  innovations  and  new  technologies  and  believe  that  we  are  well  positioned  to  continue  to  be  a  technology-leader  in  the  propulsion  of  electrified  vehicles.  As  we  keep  strengthening  our
electrical know-how, we believe our capabilities and technological expertise can be pivoted in the electrification arena for selected electric powertrain opportunities.

Increase industry position in high-growth regions

In  2022,  after  a  steep  drop  in  the  first  quarter  due  to  strict  lockdowns,  vehicle  production  in  China  continued  to  experience  further  challenges  through  the  third  quarter  from  supply  chain
disruptions caused by shortage of semiconductor components whereas fourth quarter recovery partly compensated for the decline in the first three quarters, with a 4% full year growth, aligned to
average growth in the other regions. S&P expects vehicle production in China to be stable next year. We plan to continue to strengthen our relationships with OEMs in high-growth, emerging regions
by demonstrating our technology leadership through our local research, development and manufacturing capabilities. We expect our local footprint to continue to provide a strong competitive edge in
high-growth  regions  due  to  our  ability  to  work  closely  with  OEMs  throughout  all  stages  of  the  product  lifecycle  including  aftermarket  support.  For  example,  in  China,  our  research  center  in
Shanghai, our manufacturing facilities in Wuhan and Shanghai and our 1,042 employees support our differentiated end-to-end capabilities and we believe will continue to support key platform wins
in the Chinese market. Our operations in China are expected to continue to benefit us as OEMs build global platforms in low cost regions. Our

13

commitment to providing high-touch technology support to OEMs has allowed us to be recognized as a local player in other key high-growth regions, such as India.

Grow our aftermarket business

We have an opportunity to strengthen our global network of more than 250 distributors in 165 countries by deepening our channel penetration, leveraging our well-recognized Garrett brand,
utilizing  new  online  technologies  for  customer  engagement  and  sales,  and  widening  the  product  portfolio.  Installer  Connect,  a  global  web-based  platform  providing  self-service  tools  aimed  at
connecting garage technicians generated more than 15 thousand additional technicians certified, and our Turbo Service Replacement website attracted more than 800 thousand visitors. Additionally,
the Garrett Web Racing & Performance section of our website attracted more than 1.4 million visitors in 2022.

Research, Development and Intellectual Property

We maintain technical engineering centers in major automotive production regions of the world to develop and provide advanced products, process and manufacturing support to all of our
manufacturing  sites,  and  to  provide  our  customers  with  local  engineering  capabilities  and  design  developments  on  a  global  basis.  As  of  December  31,  2022,  we  employed  approximately  1,260
engineers. Our total R&D expenses were $153 million, $136 million and $111 million for the years ended December 31, 2022, 2021 and 2020, respectively, with more than 50% of our total R&D
spend in 2022 focused on electrification technologies. Additionally, the Company incurred engineering-related expenses which are also included in Cost of goods sold of $11 million, $22 million,
and $13 million for the years ended December 31, 2022, 2021 and 2020, respectively.

We currently hold approximately 1,700 patents and patents pending. Our current patents are expected to expire between 2023 and 2041. While no individual patent or group of patents, taken

alone, is considered material to our business, taken in the aggregate, these patents provide meaningful protection for our intellectual property.

Materials

The most significant raw materials we use to manufacture our products are grey iron, aluminum, stainless steel and a nickel-, iron- and chromium-based alloy. As of December 31, 2022, we
have not experienced any significant shortage of raw materials and we or our suppliers (on our behalf) do not typically carry inventories of such raw materials in excess of those reasonably required
to meet our production and shipping schedules.

Customers

Our global customer base includes nine of the ten largest light vehicle OEMs and nine of the ten largest commercial vehicle engine makers. Our ten largest applications in 2022 were with six

different OEMs. OEM sales were approximately 86% of our 2022 revenues while our aftermarket and other products contributed 14%.

Our largest customer is Bayerische Motoren Werke AG (“BMW”). In 2022, 2021 and 2020, BMW accounted for 12%, 13%, and 11%, respectively, of our total sales. In 2022, 2021 and 2020,

our sales to Ford Motor Company (“Ford”) were 10%, 10%, and 10%, respectively, of our total sales.

Supply Relationships with Our Customers

We typically supply products to our OEM customers through “open” purchase orders, which are generally governed by terms and conditions negotiated with each OEM. Although the terms and
conditions  vary  from  customer  to  customer,  they  typically  contemplate  a  relationship  under  which  our  customers  are  not  required  to  purchase  a  minimum  amount  of  product  from  us.  These
relationships typically extend over the life of the related engine platform. Prices are negotiated with respect to each business award, which may be subject to adjustments under certain circumstances,
such as commodity or foreign exchange escalation/de-escalation clauses or for cost reductions achieved by us. The terms and conditions typically provide that we are subject to a warranty on the
products supplied. We may also be obligated to share in all or a part of recall costs if the OEM recalls its vehicles for defects attributable to our products.

Individual purchase orders are terminable for cause or non-performance and, in most cases, upon our insolvency and certain change of control events. In addition, many of our OEM customers
have the option to terminate for convenience on certain programs, which permits our customers to impose pressure on pricing during the life of the vehicle program, and issue purchase contracts for
less than the duration of the vehicle program, which potentially reduces our profit margins and increases the risk of our losing future sales under those purchase contracts. We manufacture, and ship
based on customer

14

release schedules, normally provided on a weekly basis, which can vary due to cyclical automobile production or inventory levels throughout the supply chain.

Although customer programs typically extend to future periods, and although there is an expectation that we will supply certain levels of OEM production during such future periods, customer
agreements including applicable terms and conditions do not necessarily constitute firm orders. Firm orders are generally limited to specific and authorized customer purchase order releases placed
with our manufacturing and distribution centers for actual production and order fulfilment. Firm orders are typically fulfilled as promptly as possible from the conversion of available raw materials,
sub-components and work-in-process inventory for OEM orders and from current on-hand finished goods inventory for aftermarket orders. The dollar amount of such purchase order releases on
hand and not processed at any point in time is not believed to be significant based upon the time frame involved.

Regulatory and Environmental Compliance

We are subject to the requirements of environmental and health and safety laws and regulations in each country in which we operate. These include, among other things, laws regulating air
emissions, water discharge, hazardous materials and waste management. We have an environmental management structure designed to facilitate and support our compliance with these requirements
globally. Although it is our intent to comply with all such requirements and regulations, we cannot provide assurance that we are at all times in compliance. Environmental requirements are complex,
change frequently and have tended to become more stringent over time. Accordingly, we cannot assure that environmental requirements will not change or become more stringent over time or that
our eventual environmental costs and liabilities will not be material.

Certain environmental laws assess liability on current or previous owners or operators of real property for the cost of removal or remediation of hazardous substances. At this time, we are
involved in various stages of investigation and cleanup related to environmental remediation matters at certain of our present and former facilities. In addition, there may be soil or groundwater
contamination at several of our properties resulting from historical, ongoing or nearby activities.

As of December 31, 2022, the undiscounted reserve for environmental investigation and remediation was $17 million. We do not currently possess sufficient information to reasonably estimate
the amounts of environmental liabilities to be recorded upon future completion of studies, litigation or settlements, and we cannot determine either the timing or the amount of the ultimate costs
associated with environmental matters, which could be material to our consolidated results of operations and operating cash flows in the periods recognized or paid. However, considering our past
experience and existing reserves, we do not expect that environmental matters will have a material adverse effect on our consolidated financial position.

Corporate Responsibility

Our Sustainability Approach

Garrett’s mission to enable cleaner, more efficient and connected vehicles is at the heart of our contribution to society. Our engineering expertise and transformative technologies help optimize

fuel efficiency, reduce harmful emissions and manage growing vehicle complexity, all of which are critical areas on the road to a clean transportation future.

Our corporate sustainability framework, called WeCare4, starts from our mission to enable cleaner, more efficient vehicles by spearheading technology development and continuing to deliver

industry-first innovations. It is built on two main pillars - investing in a culture of innovation and operating responsibly to ensure long-term impact.

We embed sustainability in our governance structure. Our Sustainability Committee, composed of the CEO and several members of Garrett’s senior leadership team, is sponsored by our Chief
Technology Officer and oversees our sustainability strategy development, definition and deployment. Our Board of Directors, including its committees, provide Board oversight of our environment,
social and governance ("ESG") activities, corporate responsibility and sustainability strategy. Primary responsibility at Board level for reviewing and reporting to the full Board on our sustainability
programs and policies, as well as our corporate citizen commitments, resides with the Nominating & Governance Committee.

Garrett articulates its commitments to social and environmental considerations in the communities in which it operates in the Company’s Code of Business Conduct, which can be found on our
website  at  www.garrettmotion.com  under  "About  Us  –  Corporate  –  Sustainability".  The  Company  published  its  fiscal  year  2021  Sustainability  Report  in  2022,  the  content  of  which  is  not
incorporated by reference into this Annual Report or in any other report or document we file with the SEC.

15

Human Capital

At Garrett, we place a high value on developing the right working environment and the right skillsets to advance our performance culture, support our growth strategy and ensure that the world
at  large  can  continue  to  benefit  from  breakthroughs  in  sustainable  mobility.  We  invest  in  creating  an  inclusive,  stimulating,  and  safe  work  environment  where  our  employees  can  deliver  their
workplace best every day. As of December 31, 2022, we employed approximately 7,300 permanent employees and 2,000 temporary and contract workers globally.

Diversity, equity and inclusion

Diversity  and  Inclusion  is  one  of  Garrett’s  four  fundamentals.  As  such,  we  strive  to  ensure  that  our  employees  are  each  involved,  supported,  respected  and  connected.  Embracing  diverse
thoughts and ideas through inclusion leads to a competitive advantage in the market, increased innovation as we generate new and better ideas, and customer-centric decision making. We pride
ourselves that diversity is represented from the top of the organization, for example 25 different nationalities are represented in our senior management team and they bring with them a wide variety
of different backgrounds and experiences. Overall, in our global workforce we have representation of approximately 60 different nationalities. As of December 31, 2022, Garrett's Board of Directors
had 33% female representation.

In 2022, the Company continued to strengthen and develop its approach to diversity, equity and inclusion. Actions during the year included:

•

Regular reporting and review of existing diversity and inclusion metrics and initiatives

• Work by 14 Diversity and Inclusion Champions in key countries to develop local Diversity and Inclusion initiatives suitable for the local context while aligning with the global strategy

• Holding Garrett’s annual Diversity and Inclusion Week in November based on the themes of Beyond Bias.

16

The percentage of female employees in Garrett was 21.8% in 2022. The percentage of female employees in Senior Management roles was 19.0% in 2022. Over the past four years, Garrett

increased the percentage of female employees in Garrett by 5.8% (from 20.6% to 21.8%) and by 13.8% in Senior Management over the same four year period (from 16.7% to 19.0%).

The table below shows the evolution of our gender diversity representation over the last four years and our 2025 ambition:

% Women in total workforce
% Women in Senior Management

Talent Management

2019
20.6%
16.7%

2020
20.8%
19.5%

2021
22.2%
20.0%

2022
21.8%
19.0%

2025 Ambition
25.0%
25.0%

At  Garrett,  we  encourage  our  employees  to  develop  their  skills  and  capabilities  through  a  comprehensive  Performance  and  Talent  Management  system.  From  annual  goal-setting  and
performance reviews to learning opportunities for employees and leaders, the Company helps its people align their professional experience with the Company’s business objectives and encourages
them to take ownership of their development and career paths.

Our learning environment offers employees access to more than 1,000 online trainings that address a wide range of functional competencies, technical skills, and human skills. Learning can be
self-paced, while the Company’s growing online peer-to-peer learning communities also allow employees to easily access courses specific to their function and to share materials and ideas on topics
of interest. A variety of instructor led virtual programs were deployed during 2022 to support employees' development and a number of dedicated programs for emerging and experienced leaders
were successfully held. Approximately 80,000 hours of online training was delivered during 2022.

We use regular talent reviews to strengthen the Company’s internal development processes and to calibrate assessment of individual performance. Twice per year we hold succession planning
meetings up to and including the executive level, during which the bench-strength of teams are scrutinized and development plans for their talent are reviewed. Ahead of both annual and mid-year
performance reviews, leaders hold calibration meetings to ensure that assessment ratings are consistent and fair amongst peer groups.

Be well, work well

Health and Safety

World-class health and safety considerations are integrated into Garrett’s procedures and processes. Our management system aligns with the global standard ISO 45001 (and ISO 14001 and ISO
50  001)  and  provides  protection  of  human  health  and  safety  during  normal  and  emergency  situations.  Compliance  with  our  standards  and  local  regulatory  requirements  is  monitored  through  a
company-wide self-assessment process assured through annual audits. In 2022 we supplemented this with a rolling 4-year compliance audit against local regulations by a global service provider. The
timely development and implementation of process improvement and corrective action plans are closely monitored.

As the Covid-19 pandemic started to recede in the first quarter of 2022, through government and international action, we transitioned to more normal working with continued support for the

health and well being of our employees. This transition is now complete with the emergence of China from their zero-Covid policy.

Our safety performance was maintained in our Total Case Incident Rate (“TCIR”). TCIR is measured as the number of recordable injuries and illnesses multiplied by 200,000 and then that

number is divided by the total number of hours worked by employees, TCIR was 0.12 in 2022, which is consistent with the TCIR in the previous three years.

Compensation and benefits

Garrett’s rewards programs are rooted in our “Be well, work well” principle, and aim to support employees in achieving the right work-life balance. We invest significant time and resources in
establishing compensation programs that are both competitive and equitable. We constantly evaluate our positions for market competitiveness and adjust when necessary with the goal of ensuring the
retention of top talent and continuation of equitable pay practices.

17

 
As part of our commitment to the well-being of our employees, the Company offers an Employee Assistance Program. It is an external counselling service designed to assist employees with

personal, family, or workplace matters. This service is confidential and is also available to each employee’s dependents.

In late 2020, the Company made a number of well-being resources available to all its connected employees, including useful tools and techniques for managing mental and physical health, in

addition to dedicated online events. These remained in place throughout 2021 and 2022.

Employee feedback, representation, and retention

Garrett’s Performance and Talent Management system aims to ensure that two-way dialogue is ongoing between employees and managers, punctuated by both an annual and a mid-year review,

which provides employees the opportunity to express their opinions and ideas in terms of their development goals and career aspirations.

Garrett’s strategy is to build positive, direct, business-focused working relationships with all employees in order to drive business results. The Company respects employees’ rights and their
wish to be part of employee representative bodies including unions, work councils and employee forums. The Company understands the value of collective bargaining in its labor and employee
relations  strategy  and  the  importance  of  trust  in  its  working  relationships.  Approximately  40%  of  the  Company’s  permanent  employees  (including  both  full-time  and  part-time  employees)  are
represented by unions and works councils under current collective bargaining agreements.

The Company closely monitors employee turnover to measure retention and define improvement actions as and where necessary. As of December 31, 2022, the Company’s annual voluntary
turnover for 2022 was 13.6%, which reflects the trends of the current global marketplace for talent. Garrett has developed a full set of actions to maximize retention that are carried out at both a
global and local level, with line managers as well as functional leaders held accountable for their employee turnover performance. We intend to continue to work diligently on this area to mitigate
against the challenges of a highly competitive global marketplace for talent.

Educating future innovators

Garrett places a high value on STEM research and learning opportunities that provide young people with the skills needed to develop the future of sustainable mobility. The Company sponsors

higher education institutes in several countries to further critical research in technical areas and provide students with opportunities to study STEM programs.

Garrett’s  Internship  Programs  enable  students  to  connect  theoretical  knowledge  with  practical  responsibilities  in  the  spirit  of  ‘living  laboratories’  during  which  they  are  encouraged  to  take
ownership of business projects and define tactics to meet the project goals. In 2022, Garrett offered 261 internships in 11 countries, which is twice as many compared to 2021 (approximately 37% in
Engineering, 32% in Integrated Supply Chain, 12% in IT and the remainder in Finance, HR, Marketing and Sales, Legal and Internal Audit).

Garrett runs a Graduate Program which in 2022 provided 25 graduates in 2 countries to gain experience and exposure to Garrett’s cutting-edge technologies while at the same time building their

leadership skills in a fast-paced and professional work environment.

The  Company  sponsors  Formula  SAE  and  Formula  Student  teams  in  several  countries  providing  the  students  in  the  racing  team  with  leadership  coaching,  technical  guidance,  parts  for  the
vehicle and financial support. Our engineers and leaders take part on Formula Student and Formula SAE races as judges and technical support. In 2022, the Company sponsored the European BEST
Engineering Competition, the biggest international technical competition in Central Europe, where Garrett defined an assignment for over 50 students on a case study comparing pros and cons for a
cooling unit with conventional pump and radial impeller driven compressor.

Garrett supports the local Universities globally with master thesis projects, class speakers and technical sharing events and is involved in the community supporting STEM activities for high
schools worldwide. The Company continues to enhance the engagement with global organizations at the university focused on diversity students increasing intern and full time recruiting. Garrett
works closely with leading Universities globally on over 10 collaboration projects that push the envelope of technical innovation.

18

Seasonality

Our business is typically moderately seasonal. Our primary North American customers historically reduce production during the month of July and halt operations for approximately one week
in December; our European customers generally reduce production during the months of July and August and for one week in December; and our Chinese customers often reduce production during
the period surrounding the Chinese New Year. Shut-down periods in the rest of the world generally vary by country. In addition, automotive production is traditionally reduced in the months of July,
August and September due to the launch of parts production for new vehicle models. Accordingly, our results reflect this seasonality. Our sales predictability in the short term might also be impacted
by sudden changes in customer demand, driven by our OEM customers’ supply chain management.

We also typically experience seasonality in cash flow, as a relatively small portion of our full year cash flow is typically generated in the first quarter of the year and a relatively large portion in
the last quarter. This seasonality in cash flow is mostly caused by timing of supplier payments for capital expenditures, changes in working capital balances related to the sales seasonality discussed
above, and incentive payments.

Cybersecurity

Cybersecurity  and  protection  of  our  data  is  a  top  priority  across  the  entire  organization.  To  that  end,  we  take  a  holistic  approach  to  securing  our  data  and  business  systems  from  attack,
compromise or loss. The Company's cybersecurity objective is to protect Garrett data privacy, information theft, and protection from external and insider cyber threats. This includes the combination
of leading technologies, policies, and procedures, and the Company’s Security Operation Center (“SOC”).

The  Company's  SOC  provides  visibility  across  all  information  technology  assets  and  includes  proactive  cyber  security  Threat  Detection  Technology  to  facilities  the  identification  of
misconfigurations  to  mitigate  threats  and  prevent  data  loss.  As  part  of  the  Company’s  holistic  approach  to  cybersecurity,  there  are  incremental  programs  and  technology  associated  with  threat
hunting, vulnerability scanning and threat detection and response technology. We continually evaluate risks, threats, intelligence feeds and vulnerabilities to adapt, mitigate or respond as necessary to
preserve  a  secure  state.  Combining  technology,  processes,  and  threat  intelligence  we  deliver  specific  and  timely  education  and  training  to  the  organization,  including  mandatory  training  for  all
employees.

While Garrett focuses heavily on prevention and detection, response and recovery plans, service agreements and partner engagements are in place should there be a need for us to respond to an

attack. There have been no material cybersecurity events during the year ended December 31, 2022.

Additional Information

Our Annual Reports on Form 10-K, including this Annual Report, our Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q, Current Reports on Form 8-K, as well as all amendments and other reports filed with or
furnished  to  the  SEC,  are  also  available  free  of  charge  on  our  internet  site  at  https://www.garrettmotion.com  as  soon  as  reasonably  practicable  after  we  electronically  file  such  material  with,  or
furnish  it  to,  the  SEC.  The  contents  of  our  internet  site  are  not  incorporated  by  reference  into  this  Annual  Report.  The  SEC  maintains  a  website  at  SEC.gov  that  contains  reports,  proxy  and
information statements, and other information regarding issuers that file with the SEC, including our Company.

Item 1A. Risk Factors

You should carefully consider all of the information in this Annual Report on Form 10-K and each of the risks described below, which we believe are the principal risks we face. Any of the
following risks could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations and the actual outcome of matters as to which forward-looking statements are made in
this Annual Report on Form 10-K. Other events that we do not currently anticipate or that we currently deem immaterial may also affect our business, prospects, financial condition and results of
operations.

Risks Relating to our Business:

Volatility in the cost and availability of raw materials, components, energy and transportation, in addition to disruptions in the supply chain, including supplier insolvency, has increased, and
may continue to increase, the cost of our products and services, and may impact our ability to meet commitments to customers and cause us to incur significant liabilities.

19

 
We have experienced, and may continue to experience, volatility in the cost and availability of raw materials, components, energy and transportation as a result of a broad range of factors
beyond our control including, but not limited to, pandemics, general inflation and geopolitical tensions caused by armed conflict. If we are unable to pass through increased costs of raw materials,
components, energy and transportation to our customers, or are otherwise unable to mitigate these cost increases, this could have an adverse effect on our results of operations and financial condition.
Furthermore,  if  we  are  unable  to  overcome  significant  disruptions  in  the  supply  chain,  such  as  those  caused  by  the  shortage  of  semiconductor  chips  and  global  logistical  constraints  currently
impacting the automotive industry, it could adversely impact our business.

Short- or long-term capacity constraints, insufficient quality control, financial distress or significant changes in business conditions at any point in our supply chain could disrupt our operations
and adversely affect our financial performance, particularly when the affected suppliers and vendors are the sole sources of products that we require or that have unique capabilities, or when our
customers have directed us to use those specific suppliers and vendors. A significant portion of our supply chain is located in mainland China. Our ability to manage inventory and meet delivery
requirements may be constrained by our suppliers’ inability to scale production and adjust delivery of long-lead time products during times of volatile demand. If our third-party manufacturers fail to
deliver products, parts and components of sufficient quality on time and at reasonable prices, we could have difficulties fulfilling our orders on similar terms or at all, sales and profits could decline,
and our commercial reputation could be damaged. If we fail to adequately assess the creditworthiness and operational reliability of existing or future suppliers, our suppliers become insolvent, if
there  is  any  unanticipated  deterioration  in  their  creditworthiness  and  operational  reliability,  or  if  they  do  not  perform  or  adhere  to  our  existing  or  future  contractual  arrangements,  any  resulting
increase in non performance by them, our inability to otherwise obtain the supplies or our inability to enforce the terms of the contract or seek other remedies could have a material adverse effect on
our financial condition and results of operations. Changes or additions to our supply chain require considerable time and resources and involve significant risks and uncertainties. Our inability to fill
our  supply  needs  would  jeopardize  our  ability  to  fulfil  obligations  under  commercial  contracts,  and  could  result  in  reduced  sales  and  profits,  contract  penalties  or  terminations,  and  damage  to
customer relationships.

The Company relies on sales to major customers as well as a network of independent dealers to manage the distribution of its products, and we could be adversely impacted by the loss of any of
our such major customers or dealers, changes in their requirements for our products or changes in their financial condition.

Changes in our business relationships with any of our major customers or in the timing, size and continuation of their various programs could have a material adverse impact on us. The loss of
any of these customers, the loss of business with respect to one or more of their vehicle models on which we have high component content, or a significant decline in the production levels of such
vehicles  would  negatively  impact  our  business,  results  of  operations  and  financial  condition.  Pricing  pressure  from  our  customers  also  poses  certain  risks.  Inability  on  our  part  to  offset  pricing
concessions with cost reductions would adversely affect our profitability. We are continually bidding on new business with these customers, as well as seeking to diversify our customer base, but
there  is  no  assurance  that  our  efforts  will  be  successful.  Further,  to  the  extent  that  the  financial  condition  of  our  largest  customers  deteriorates,  including  possible  bankruptcies,  mergers  or
liquidations, or their sales otherwise decline, our financial position and results of operations could be adversely affected.

If our dealers are unsuccessful with their sales and business operations, it could have an adverse effect on overall sales and revenue. We rely on the capability of our independent dealers to
develop  and  implement  effective  sales  plans  to  create  demand  among  purchasers  for  the  equipment  and  related  products  and  services  that  the  dealers  purchase  from  us.  If  our  dealers  are  not
successful in these endeavors, then we will be unable to grow our sales and revenue, which would have an adverse effect on our financial condition. In addition, the dealer channel’s ability to support
and service precision technology solutions and emerging power solutions may affect customers’ acceptance and adoption rates of these products.

Dealers may have trouble funding their day-to-day cash flow needs and paying their obligations due to adverse business conditions resulting from negative economic effects or other factors.
Dealers may exit relationships with us or we may seek to terminate relationships with certain dealers if they are unable to meet customer needs. The unplanned loss of any of our dealers could lead to
inadequate market coverage, negative customer impressions of us, and may adversely impact our ability to collect receivables that are associated with that dealer.

We may not be able to successfully negotiate favorable pricing terms with our customers, which may adversely affect our results of operations.

There is substantial and continuing pressure on OEMs to reduce costs, including the costs of the products we supply. We negotiate sales prices annually with our automotive customers. Our

customer supply agreements generally require step-

20

downs in component pricing over the period of production. In addition, our customers often reserve the right to terminate their supply contracts at any time, which enhances their ability to obtain
price reductions. OEMs have also exercised significant influence over their suppliers, including us, because the automotive component supply industry is highly competitive and serves a limited
number  of  customers.  Based  on  these  factors,  our  status  as  a  Tier  I  supplier  (one  that  supplies  vehicle  components  directly  to  manufacturers)  and  the  fact  that  our  customers’  product  programs
typically  last  a  number  of  years  and  are  anticipated  to  encompass  large  volumes,  our  customers  are  able  to  negotiate  favorable  pricing,  and  any  cost-cutting  initiatives  that  our  customers  adopt
generally will result in increased downward pressure on our pricing. Any resulting impacts to our sales levels and margins, could over time significantly reduce our revenues and adversely affect our
competitive standing and prospects. Additionally, large commercial settlements with our customers may adversely affect our results of operations.

The automotive industry is evolving and if we are unable, or perceived as unable, to respond appropriately to such evolution, our financial condition and results of operation could be adversely
impacted.

The  sales  and  margins  of  our  business  are  directly  impacted  by  government  regulations,  including  safety,  performance  and  product  certification  regulations,  particularly  with  respect  to
emissions, fuel economy and energy efficiency standards for motor vehicles. Increased public awareness and concern regarding global climate  change  may  result in more  regional  and/or  federal
requirements to reduce or mitigate the effects of greenhouse gas emissions. While such requirements can promote increased demand for our turbochargers and other products,  several  markets  in
which we operate are undertaking efforts to more strictly regulate or ban vehicles powered by certain older-generation diesel engines. If such efforts are pursued more broadly throughout the market
than we have anticipated, such efforts may impact demand for our aftermarket products. Changes in demand and emerging needs of customers that are not perceived adequately in advance and/or
incorporated in the product development process (e.g., demand for eco-compatible products) may result in lower sales volumes and consequently affect our results of operations.

Even if overall automotive sales and production remain stable, changes in regulations and consumer preferences may shift consumer demand away from the types of vehicles we prioritize or
towards the types of vehicles where our products generate smaller profit margins. A decrease in consumer demand for the specific types of vehicles that have traditionally included our turbocharger
products, such as a decrease in demand for diesel-fueled vehicles in favor of gasoline-fueled vehicles, or lower-than-expected consumer demand for specific types of vehicles where we anticipate
providing significant components as part of our strategic growth plan, such as a decrease in demand for vehicles utilizing electric-hybrid and fuel cell powertrains in favor of full battery electric
vehicles, could have a significant effect on our business. If we are unable to anticipate significant changes in consumer sentiment, or if consumer demand for certain vehicle types changes more than
we expect, our results of operations and financial condition could be adversely affected. Furthermore, if we are unable to maintain our competitive advantage through innovation, if we do not sustain
our ability to meet customer requirements relative to technology, or we fail to be awarded new business, there could be a material adverse effect on our results of operations, financial condition and
future business prospects.

Sales in our aftermarket operations are also directly related to consumer demand and spending for automotive aftermarket products, which may be affected by additional factors such as the
average useful life of OEM parts and components, severity of regional weather conditions, highway and roadway infrastructure deterioration and the average number of miles vehicles are driven by
owners. Improvements in technology and product quality are extending the longevity of vehicle component parts, which may result in delayed or reduced aftermarket sales. Our results of operations
and financial condition could be adversely affected if we fail to respond in a timely and appropriate manner to changes in the demand for our aftermarket products.

Certain markets in which we operate have, and are expected to continue, contemplating or undertaking multi-decade efforts to transition away from internal combustion engines in favor of
hybrid or full-battery electric vehicles. If a transition to battery-electric vehicles is pursued more broadly throughout the market, is implemented more rapidly than we have anticipated, or if we
overestimate the turbocharger penetration rate in hybrids, then the demand for our products could be impacted and our results of operations consequently could be affected.

Changing government regulations related to greenhouse gas emissions and energy efficiency and growing recognition among consumers of the dangers of climate change may also require
changes at the product/production process level. These trends have and may continue to prompt automotive OEMs to make commitments to carbon neutrality, which could in turn prompt us to make
changes at the product/production process level. This could require additional cost/investment to make products/production processes compliant and/or carbon neutral.

21

The Company’s profitability and results of operations may be adversely affected by program launch difficulties.

The launch of new business is a complex process, the success of which depends on a wide range of factors, including the production readiness of the Company’s manufacturing facilities and
manufacturing processes and those of its suppliers, as well as factors related to tooling, equipment, employees, initial product quality and other factors. The Company’s failure to successfully launch
new business, or its inability to accurately estimate the cost to design, develop and launch new business, could have an adverse effect on its profitability and results of operations.

To the extent the Company is not able to successfully launch new business, vehicle production at its customers could be significantly delayed or shut down. Such situations could result in
significant financial penalties to the Company or a diversion of personnel and financial resources to improving launches rather than investment in continuous process improvement or other growth
initiatives and could result in its customers shifting work away from it to a competitor, all of which could result in loss of revenue or loss of market share and could have an adverse effect on its
profitability and cash flows.

We may not realize sales represented by awarded business or effectively utilize our manufacturing capacity.

When we win a bid to offer products and services to an OEM customer, the customer typically does not commit to award us its business until a separate contract has been negotiated, generally
with  a  term  ranging  from  one  year  to  the  life  of  the  model  (usually  three  to  seven  years).  Once  business  has  been  awarded,  the  OEM  customer  typically  retains  the  ability  to  terminate  the
arrangement without penalty and does not commit to purchase a minimum volume of products while the contract is in effect.

In light of the foregoing, while we estimate awarded business using certain assumptions, including projected future sales volumes, the volume and timing of sales to our customers may vary
due  to:  variation  in  demand  for  our  customers’  products;  our  customers’  attempts  to  manage  their  inventory;  design  changes;  changes  in  our  customers’  manufacturing  strategy;  the  success  of
customers’ goods and models; and acquisitions of or consolidations among customers. A significant decrease in demand for certain key models or a group of related models sold by any of our major
customers, or the ability of a manufacturer to re-source and discontinue purchasing from us its requirements for a particular model or group of models, could have a material adverse effect on us. In
particular, we may be unable to forecast the level of customer orders with sufficient certainty to allow us to optimize production schedules and maximize utilization of manufacturing capacity. Any
excess capacity would cause us to incur increased fixed costs in our products relative to the net revenue we generate, which could have an adverse effect on our results of operations, particularly
during economic downturns. Similarly, a significant failure or inability to adapt to increased production or desired inventory levels (including as a result of accelerated launch schedules for new
automobile and truck platforms), comply with customer specifications and manufacturing requirements more generally or respond to other unexpected fluctuations, as well as any delays or other
problems with existing or new products (including program launch difficulties) could result in financial penalties, increased costs, loss of sales, loss of customers or potential breaches of customer
contracts, which could have an adverse effect on our profitability and results of operations.

If actual production orders from our customers are not consistent with the projections we use in calculating the amount of our awarded business, or if we are unable to improve utilization levels
for manufacturing lines that consequently are underutilized and correctly manage capacity, the increased expense levels will have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of
operations, and we could realize substantially less revenue over the life of these projects than the currently projected estimate.

Industry and economic conditions, including a downturn, could adversely affect our business and results of operations.

We are dependent on the continued growth, viability and financial stability of our customers, a substantial portion of whom are OEMs in the automotive industry. The automotive industry is
sensitive  to  general  economic  conditions  and  other  factors,  such  as  consumer  confidence  and  preferences,  interest  rates,  and  fuel  costs.  The  automobile  industry  is  also  sensitive  to  industry
conditions, particularly as it evolves, such as rapid technological change often driven by regulatory changes, vigorous competition, short product life cycles, supplier stability, factory transitions, and
capacity constraints. Economic and industry conditions have had, and will continue to have, an impact on our business, whether directly or indirectly through our customers and suppliers. Economic
declines that result in significant reductions in automotive sales or production, particularly with respect to light vehicles, would have an adverse effect on our business, results of operations and
financial condition.

22

We are subject to the economic, political, regulatory, foreign exchange and other risks of international operations.

We have created a geographic footprint that emphasizes locating R&D, engineering and manufacturing capabilities in close physical proximity to our customers. Our international geographic
footprint  subjects  us  to  many  risks,  including:  exchange  control  regulations;  wage  and  price  controls;  antitrust  and  environmental  regulations;  employment  regulations;  foreign  investment  laws;
monetary and fiscal policies and protectionist measures that may prohibit acquisitions or joint ventures, establish local content requirements, or impact trade volumes; import, export and other trade
restrictions  (such  as  embargoes);  violations  by  our  employees  of  anti-corruption  laws;  changes  in  regulations  regarding  transactions  with  state-owned  enterprises;  nationalization  of  private
enterprises; natural and man-made disasters, hazards and losses; global health risks and pandemics; backlash from foreign labor organizations related to our restructuring actions; violence, civil and
labor unrest; acts of terrorism; and our ability to hire and maintain qualified staff and maintain the safety of our employees in these regions. Additionally, certain of the markets in which we operate
have  adopted  increasingly  strict  data  privacy  and  data  protection  requirements  or  may  require  local  storage  and  processing  of  data  or  similar  requirements,  such  as  the  General  Data  Protection
Regulation (“GDPR”) in the European Union. The GDPR and similar data protection measures may increase the cost and complexity of our ability to deliver our services to ensure compliance.

Trade tensions have in the past, and may in the future, negatively impact our business. We may not be able to mitigate the impacts of any future tariffs, and our business, results of operations
and financial position would be materially adversely affected by such tariffs. Further changes in U.S. trade policies, tariffs, taxes, export restrictions or other trade barriers, or restrictions on raw
materials or components may limit our ability to produce products, increase our manufacturing costs, decrease our profit margins, reduce the competitiveness of our products, or inhibit our ability to
sell products or purchase raw materials or components, which would have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition. These and other instabilities and
uncertainties arising from the global geopolitical environment, along with the cost of compliance with increasingly complex and often conflicting regulations worldwide, can impair our flexibility in
modifying product, marketing, pricing or other strategies for growing our businesses, as well as our ability to improve productivity and maintain acceptable operating margins.

Because the Company is a U.S. holding company, one significant source of its funds is distributions from its non-U.S. subsidiaries. Certain countries in which the Company operates have
adopted or could institute currency exchange controls that limit or prohibit the Company’s local subsidiaries' ability to convert local currency into U.S. Dollars or to make payments outside the
country. This could subject the Company to the risks of local currency devaluation and business disruption. We monitor and seek to reduce such risk through hedging activities; however, foreign
exchange hedging activities bear a financial cost and may not always be available to us or be successful in eliminating such volatility.

Finally,  we  generate  significant  cash  that  is  invested  with  certain  counterparties.  While  we  employ  comprehensive  controls  regarding  global  cash  management  to  guard  against  cash  or

investment loss and to ensure our ability to fund our operations and commitments, a material disruption to the counterparties with whom we transact business could expose us to financial loss.

Geopolitical conditions, such as the ongoing conflict between Russia and Ukraine, and catastrophic events, such as the Covid-19 pandemic, may disrupt our business and adversely affect our
results of operations and financial condition.

Geopolitical tensions, including but not limited to armed conflict, terrorist activity and instability or general economic disruption regionally or globally, could impact our results of operations
and  create  or  exacerbate  certain  risks  we  face  to  our  business,  financial  condition  and  results  of  operations.  For  example,  Russia’s  invasion  of  Ukraine  and  the  global  response,  including  the
imposition of financial and economic sanctions by the United States and other countries, has led to supply constraints that have impacted, and may continue to impact, our business. It has also led to
energy shortages globally, especially in Europe. A prolonged or intensified conflict could result in acute shortages of raw materials and price inflation on transportation costs, materials, and energy
which in turn may adversely impact our supply chain. If the conflict expands beyond Ukraine, it could negatively impact our operations in neighboring countries such as Romania and Slovakia.
Furthermore, an escalation of geopolitical tensions due to the ongoing conflict, such as increased sanctions or restrictions on global trade, could result in further supply chain disruptions, reduced
customer demand, state-sponsored cyberattacks as well as increased volatility in the financial markets, all of which could have a materially adverse impact on our business and operations.

Catastrophic events, such as a pandemic or cyberattack, could lead to disruption or failure of our systems or operations, harming our ability to conduct normal business operations. For example,
the Covid-19 pandemic negatively impacted the global economy, disrupted supply chains and created significant volatility and disruption in financial markets, adversely impacting our business and
operations including our employees, customers, suppliers, partners and communities.

23

While  the  Covid-19  pandemic  appears  to  be  dissipating,  there  could  be  a  prolonged  negative  impact  of  Covid-19  on  global  supply  chains,  general  macroeconomic  conditions  and  consumer
confidence, which could have an adverse effect on our business, results of operations, cash flows and financial condition.

We have invested substantial resources in specific foreign markets where we expect growth and we may be unable to timely alter our strategies should such expectations not be realized.

We have identified certain countries, such as China and India, as key high-growth geographic markets. We believe these markets are likely to experience substantial long-term growth, and
accordingly have made and expect to continue to make substantial investments in numerous manufacturing operations worldwide, technical centers, R&D activities and other infrastructure to support
anticipated growth in these areas. If market demand for evolving vehicle technologies in these regions does not grow as quickly as we anticipate, or if we are unable to deepen existing and develop
additional customer relationships in these regions, we may fail to realize expected rates of return, or even incur losses, on our existing investments and may be unable to timely redeploy the invested
capital to take advantage of other markets or product categories, potentially resulting in lost market share to our competitors. In particular, our ability to remain competitive and continue to grow in
these  regions  depends  in  part  on  the  absence  of  competing  state-sponsored  domestic  businesses.  If  a  state-sponsored  operation  entered  a  local  market  as  a  competitor,  it  might  have  access  to
significant social and financial capital that would enable it to overcome the ordinary barriers to entry in the turbocharger industry and acquire potentially significant market share at our expense.

Increased  scrutiny  from  customers,  investors,  regulators  and  others  regarding  sustainability/ESG  practices,  as  well  as  the  climate-related  risks  we  may  face,  could  expose  us  to  liabilities,
including reputational harm, affect demand for our products, lead to increased costs and have other adverse effects on our business, supply chain and results of operations

Many customers, regulators, investors, employees, and other stakeholders are increasingly focused on sustainability practices, including ESG considerations, relating to businesses, particularly
with regards to climate change and greenhouse gas emissions, human and civil rights, and diversity, equity and inclusion. Responding to these sustainability/ESG considerations and implementing
related goals and initiatives involve risks and uncertainties, require investments and depend in part on third-party performance or data that is outside of our control. We cannot guarantee that we will
achieve announced sustainability/ESG goals and initiatives or that our stakeholders will agree with them. Additionally, certain organizations have developed rating systems for evaluating companies
on  their  approach  to  ESG  and  unfavorable  ratings  may  lead  to  negative  customer  and/or  investor  sentiment.  Any  failure,  or  perceived  failure,  by  the  Company  to  achieve  its  goals,  further  its
initiatives,  adhere  to  its  public  statements,  comply  with  federal,  state  or  international  environmental,  social  and  governance  laws  and  regulations,  or  meet  evolving  and  varied  stakeholder
expectations  and  standards  could  result  in  legal  and  regulatory  proceedings  against  the  Company  and  materially  adversely  affect  the  Company’s  business,  reputation,  results  of  operations  and
financial condition.

In  particular,  there  is  increased  public  awareness  and  concern  regarding  global  climate  change  and  climate  related  risks,  which  has  resulted,  and  is  expected  to  continue  to  result,  in  local,
regional  and  global  requirements  to  reduce  and/or  mitigate  the  effects  of  greenhouse  gas  emissions.  There  continues  to  be  a  lack  of  consistent  climate  legislation,  which  creates  economic  and
regulatory uncertainty. Any future regulations aimed at mitigating climate change may negatively impact the prices of raw materials and energy as well as the demand for certain of our customers'
products  which  could  in  turn  impact  demand  for  our  products  and  impact  our  results  of  operations.  The  costs  of  compliance  and  any  changes  to  our  operations  mandated  by  new  or  amended
regulations, or customer requirements, may be significant. Furthermore, any violations of climate change regulations may result in substantial fines and penalties, remediation costs, damages, or
other adverse impacts on our business.

Additionally, the physical manifestations of climate change, such as extreme weather conditions or more frequent extreme weather events have in the past and may in the future disrupt our
operations, damage our facilities, disrupt our supply chain, including our customers or suppliers, impact the availability and cost of materials needed for manufacturing or increase insurance and
other operating costs. As a result, severe weather or a natural disaster that results in a prolonged disruption to our operations, or the operations of our customers or suppliers, could have a material
adverse effect on our operating results, cash flows or financial condition.

We face risks in connection with joint venture partnerships, joint development projects and other strategic opportunities.

We  evaluate  strategic  opportunities,  including  acquisitions  of  businesses,  products  and  technologies,  joint  venture  partnerships  and  joint  development  agreements  that  we  believe  will

complement our business. We may not be able to successfully identify suitable acquisition and joint venture candidates or complete transactions on acceptable terms,

24

integrate  acquired  operations  into  our  existing  operations  or  expand  into  new  markets.  Our  failure  to  identify  suitable  strategic  opportunities  may  restrict  our  ability  to  grow  our  business.
Furthermore,  our  joint  venture,  joint  development  and  other  business  partners  may  at  any  time  have  economic,  business  or  legal  interests  or  goals  that  are  inconsistent  with  ours,  which  could
negatively impact our reputation and/or financial condition.

We could be adversely affected by our leading market position in certain markets.

We believe that we are a market leader in the turbocharger industry in many of the markets in which we operate. Although we believe we have acted properly in the markets in which we have
significant market share, we could face allegations of abuse of our market position or of collusion with other market participants, which could result in negative publicity and adverse regulatory
action by the relevant authorities, including the imposition of monetary fines, all of which could adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations.

Failure  to  protect  our  intellectual  property  or  allegations  that  we  have  infringed  the  intellectual  property  of  others  could  adversely  affect  our  business,  financial  condition  and  results  of
operations.

We  rely  on  a  combination  of  patents,  copyrights,  trademarks,  tradenames,  trade  secrets  and  other  proprietary  rights,  as  well  as  contractual  arrangements,  including  licenses,  to  establish,
maintain  and  protect  our  intellectual  property  rights.  Effective  intellectual  property  protection  may  not  be  available,  or  we  may  not  be  able  to  acquire  or  maintain  appropriate  registered  or
unregistered intellectual property, in every country in which we do business. Furthermore, in some areas of our business the established industry maturity of product technology may leave limited
opportunity  for  new  intellectual  property  to  differentiate  our  products.  Accordingly,  our  intellectual  property  may  not  be  sufficient  on  its  own  to  provide  us  a  strong  product  differentiation  and
competitive advantage, which in turn could weaken our ability to secure business awards from our customers and/or our ability to achieve targeted product profitability.

The protection of our intellectual property may require us to spend significant amounts of money. Further, the steps we take to protect our intellectual property may not adequately protect our
rights  or  prevent  others  from  infringing,  violating  or  misappropriating  our  intellectual  proprietary  rights.  Any  impairment  of  our  intellectual  property  rights,  including  due  to  changes  in  U.S.  or
foreign intellectual property laws or the absence of effective legal protections or enforcement measures, could adversely impact our businesses, financial condition and results of operations.

International technical export control regulations and trade conflicts may limit our ability to use certain intellectual property in our products in some regions of the world or customers may
require  assured  access  to  intellectual  property  through  open  source-code,  joint  ownership  of  intellectual  property,  free  license,  or  other  measures.  These  constraints  could  cause  us  difficulty  in
securing business awards from our customers, protecting our competitive technology differentiation, and/or our ability to achieve targeted product profitability.

In addition, as we adopt new technology, we face an inherent risk of exposure to the claims of others that we have allegedly violated their intellectual property rights. Successful claims that we
infringe on the intellectual property rights of others could require us to enter into royalty or licensing agreements on unfavorable terms or cause us to incur substantial monetary liability. We may also
be prohibited preliminarily or permanently from further use of the intellectual property in question or be required to change our business practices to stop the infringing use, which could limit our
ability to compete effectively. In addition, our customer agreements may require us to indemnify the customer for infringement. The time and expense of defending against these claims, whether
meritorious or not, may have a material and adverse impact on our profitability, can be time-consuming and costly and may divert management’s attention and resources away from our businesses.
Furthermore, the publicity we may receive as a result of infringing intellectual property rights may damage our reputation and adversely impact our existing customer relationships and our ability to
develop new business.

Work stoppages, other disruptions, or the need to relocate any of our facilities could significantly disrupt our business.

Our geographic footprint emphasizes locating, engineering and manufacturing capabilities in close physical proximity to our customers, thereby enabling us to adopt technologies and products
for  the  specific  vehicle  types  sold  in  each  geographic  market.  Because  our  facilities  offer  localized  services  in  this  manner,  a  work  stoppage  or  other  disruption  at  one  or  more  of  our  R&D,
engineering or manufacturing and assembly facilities in a given region could have material adverse effects on our business, especially insofar as it impacts our ability to serve customers. Moreover,
due to unforeseen circumstances or factors beyond our control, we may be forced to relocate our operations from one or more of our existing facilities to new facilities and may incur substantial
costs, experience program delays and sacrifice proximity to customers and geographic markets as a result, potentially for an extended period of time.

25

 
The automotive industry relies heavily on “just-in-time” delivery of components during the assembly and manufacture of vehicles, and when we fail to make timely deliveries in accordance
with our contractual obligations, we generally have to absorb our own costs for identifying and solving the “root cause” problem as well as expeditiously producing replacement components or
products. We typically must also carry the costs associated with “catching up,” such as overtime and premium freight. Additionally, if we are the cause for a customer being forced to halt production,
the customer may seek to recoup all of its losses and expenses from us. These losses and expenses could be significant and may include consequential losses such as lost profits.

In addition, a significant disruption in the supply of a key component due to a work stoppage or other disruption at one of our suppliers or any other supplier could impact our ability to make
timely deliveries to our customers and, accordingly, have a material adverse effect on our financial results. Where a customer halts production because of another supplier failing to deliver on time,
or as a result of a work stoppage or other disruption, it is unlikely we will be fully compensated, if at all.

We depend on the recruitment and retention of qualified personnel, and our failure to attract and retain such personnel could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of
operations.

Due to the complex nature of our business, our future performance is highly dependent upon the continued services of our key engineering personnel, scientists and executive officers, the
development  of  additional  management  personnel  and  the  hiring  of  new  qualified  engineering,  manufacturing,  marketing,  sales  and  management  personnel  for  our  operations.  Competition  for
qualified personnel in our industry is intense, and we may not be successful in attracting or retaining qualified personnel. Our ability to attract and retain key personnel may be adversely affected by
our emergence from bankruptcy. The loss of key employees, our inability to attract new qualified employees or adequately train employees, or the delay in hiring key personnel, could negatively
affect our business, financial condition and results of operations. If executives, managers or other key personnel resign, retire or are terminated or their service is otherwise interrupted, we may not be
able to replace them in a timely manner and we could experience significant declines in productivity.

Failure to increase productivity through efficient operational improvements, as well as an inability to successfully execute repositioning projects or to effectively manage our workforce, may
reduce our profitability or adversely impact our business.

Our profitability and margin growth are dependent upon our ability to drive efficiency improvements. In addition, we seek productivity and cost savings benefits through repositioning actions
and projects, such as consolidation of manufacturing facilities, transitions to cost-competitive regions, workforce reductions, asset impairments, product line rationalizations and other cost-saving
initiatives. Risks associated with these actions include delays in execution of the planned initiatives, additional unexpected costs, realization of fewer than estimated productivity improvements and
adverse effects on employee morale. We may not realize the full operational or financial benefits we expect, the recognition of these benefits may be delayed and these actions may potentially disrupt
our  operations.  In  addition,  organizational  changes,  attrition,  labor  relations  difficulties,  or  workforce  stoppage  could  impact  our  efforts  to  improve  operational  efficiencies,  which  could  have  a
material adverse effect on our business, reputation, financial position and results of operations.

We may incur material losses and costs as a result of warranty claims, product recalls or field actions, as well as product liability actions that may be brought against us or our customers.

We  face  a  risk  of  warranty  and  product  liability  claims,  as  well  as  product  recalls  and  field  actions,  if  our  products  actually  or  allegedly  fail  to  perform  to  specifications  or  cause  property
damage, injury or death. Depending on the terms under which we supply products to an auto manufacturer, we may be required to guarantee or offer warranties for our products and to bear the costs
of recalls, repair or replacement of such products pursuant to new vehicle warranties. There can be no assurance that we will have adequate reserves to cover such recall, repair and replacement
costs. In the event that any of our products fails to perform as expected, we may face direct exposure to warranty and product liability claims or may be required to participate in a government or
self-imposed recall involving such products. Our customers that are not end users, such as auto manufacturers, may face similar claims or be obliged to conduct recalls of their own, and in such
circumstances,  they  may  seek  contribution  from  us.  Our  agreements  with  our  customers  do  not  always  include  limitation  of  liability  clauses  or,  in  certain  situations  or  legal  jurisdictions,  such
limitation of liability clauses may not be fully valid. If any such claims or contribution requests exceed our available insurance, or if there is a product recall, there could be a material adverse impact
on our results of operations. In addition, a recall claim could require us to review our entire product portfolio to assess whether similar issues are present in other product lines, which could result in
significant disruption to our business and could have a further adverse impact on our results of operations. We cannot assure that we will not experience any material warranty or product liability
claim losses in the future or that we will not incur significant costs to defend such claims.

26

We cannot predict with certainty the outcome of litigation matters, government proceedings and other contingencies and uncertainties.

We are currently, and we may in the future, be party to a number of lawsuits, investigations and disputes (some of which involve substantial amounts claimed) arising out of our current and
historical business, including matters relating to commercial transactions, product liability, prior acquisitions and divestitures, employment, employee benefits plans, intellectual property, antitrust,
import and export, and environmental, health and safety matters, as well as securities litigation, tax proceedings and litigation related to our debt. For additional information regarding our pending
legal proceedings, see Item 3, “Legal Proceedings”. We cannot predict with certainty the outcome of legal proceedings or contingencies. The costs incurred in litigation can be substantial and result
in the diversion of management’s attention and resources.

We may also make certain commitments, including representations, warranties and indemnities relating to current and past operations, including those related to divested businesses, and issue
guarantees of third-party obligations. Our potential liabilities are subject to change over time due to new developments, changes in settlement strategy or the impact of evidentiary requirements, and
we may become subject to or be required to pay damage awards or settlements that could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations, cash flows and financial condition. If we were
required to make payments, such payments could be significant and could exceed the amounts we have accrued with respect thereto, adversely affecting our business, financial condition and results
of operations. While we maintain insurance for certain risks, the amount of our insurance coverage may not be adequate to cover the total amount of all insured claims and liabilities. The incurrence
of significant liabilities for which there is no or insufficient insurance coverage could adversely affect our results of operations, cash flows, liquidity and financial condition.

Our operations and the prior operations of predecessor companies may expose us to the risk of environmental liabilities.

We are subject to extensive environmental regulations and our operations may expose us to risks of environmental liabilities. We cannot assure that we will not incur potential liabilities related
to the investigation and cleanup of environmental hazards and to claims of personal injuries or property damages that may arise from hazardous substance releases and exposures, including those
relating to activities of predecessor company. We are also subject to potential liabilities related to the compliance of our operations with the requirements of various federal, state, local and foreign
governments that regulate the discharge of materials into the environment and the generation, handling, storage, treatment and disposal of and exposure to hazardous substances. If we are found to be
in  violation  of  these  laws  and  regulations,  we  may  be  subject  to  substantial  fines  and  criminal  sanctions  and  be  required  to  install  costly  equipment  or  make  operational  changes  to  achieve
compliance  with  such  laws  and  regulations.  In  addition,  changes  in  laws,  regulations  or  government  enforcement  of  policies  concerning  the  environment,  the  discovery  of  previously  unknown
contamination or new information related to individual contaminated sites, the establishment of stricter state or federal toxicity standards with respect to certain contaminants, or the imposition of
new clean-up requirements or remedial techniques, could require us to incur additional currently unanticipated costs in the future that would have a negative effect on our financial condition or
results of operations.

Our U.S. and non-U.S. tax liabilities are dependent, in part, upon the distribution of income among various jurisdictions in which we operate.

Our future results of operations could be adversely affected by changes in the effective tax rate as a result of a change in the mix of earnings in countries with differing statutory tax rates,
changes in tax laws, regulations and judicial rulings (or changes in the interpretation thereof), changes in generally accepted accounting principles, changes in the valuation of deferred tax assets and
liabilities, the results of audits and examinations of previously filed tax returns and continuing assessments of our tax exposures and various other governmental enforcement initiatives. Our tax
expense includes estimates of tax reserves and reflects other estimates and assumptions, including assessments of our future earnings which could impact the valuation of our deferred tax assets.
Changes in tax laws or regulations, including multi-jurisdictional changes enacted in response to the guidelines provided by the Organization for Economic Co-operation and Development to address
base erosion and profit shifting, will increase tax uncertainty and may adversely impact our provision for income taxes.

A deterioration in industry, economic or financial conditions may restrict our ability to access the capital markets on favorable terms.

We may require additional capital in the future to finance our growth and development, upgrade and improve our manufacturing capabilities, implement further marketing and sales activities,

fund ongoing R&D activities, satisfy

27

regulatory and environmental compliance obligations, and meet general working capital needs. Our capital requirements will depend on many factors, including acceptance of and demand for our
products, the extent to which we invest in new technology and R&D projects and the status and timing of these developments. If our access to capital were to become constrained significantly, or if
costs of capital increased significantly, due to lowered credit ratings, prevailing industry conditions, the solvency of our customers, a material decline in demand for our products, the volatility of the
capital markets or other factors, our financial condition, results of operations and cash flows could be adversely affected. These conditions may adversely affect our ability to obtain targeted credit
ratings.

We may also need additional capital resources in the future in order to meet our projected operating needs, capital expenditures and other cash requirements. If we are unable to obtain sufficient

resources for our operating needs, capital expenditures and other cash requirements for any reason, our business, financial condition and results of operations could be adversely affected.

Changes in interest rates and cessation of the London Inter-bank Offered Rate ("LIBOR") could adversely affect our earnings and/or cash flows.

Because a significant number of our loans are made at variable interest rates, our business results are subject to fluctuations in interest rates. If interest rates increase, our borrowing costs may
also increase and could adversely impact our financial condition, operating results and cash flows. There can be no assurance that we will be able to mitigate any potential material adverse impacts
on our earnings and cash flows caused by fluctuations in interest rates.

Certain loans extended to us are made at variable rates that use LIBOR as a benchmark for establishing the interest rate. As the use of LIBOR will be discontinued, we may need to switch to an
alternative interest rate, which could result in increased borrowing costs. If the replacement rate for LIBOR in our interest rate swaps differs from the replacement rate for LIBOR under our Credit
Agreement, our interest rate swaps may be ineffective and require us to mark-to-market the ineffective portion of the interest rate swap through our income statement. Accordingly, if any of the
derivative  instruments  we  use  to  hedge  our  exposure  to  these  various  types  of  risk  is  ineffective,  it  may  have  an  adverse  impact  on  our  earnings  and  cash  flows.  These  consequences  cannot  be
entirely predicted and could have an adverse impact on the market value for, or value of, LIBOR-linked securities, loans, and other financial obligations or extensions of credit held by or due to us.
Changes in market interest rates may influence our financing costs, returns on financial investments and the valuation of derivative contracts and could reduce our earnings and cash flows.

Changes in interest rates and asset returns could increase our pension funding obligations and reduce our profitability.

We have unfunded obligations under certain of our defined benefit pension and other postretirement benefit plans. The valuation of our future payment obligations under the plans and the
related plan assets are subject to significant adverse changes if the credit and capital markets cause interest rates and projected rates of return to decline. Such declines could also require us to make
significant additional contributions to our pension plans in the future. A material increase in the unfunded obligations of these plans could also result in a significant increase in our pension expense
in the future.

We are exposed to foreign currency risks and foreign exchange exposure as a result of our global presence.

A significant portion of our revenues and expenses are denominated in currencies other than the U.S. dollar. As a result, we are subject to foreign currency risks and foreign exchange exposure
arising  from  our  business  operations  including,  but  not  limited  to,  international  financing  activities  between  subsidiaries,  foreign  currency  denominated  monetary  assets  and  liabilities  and
transactions arising from international trade. Our results of operations and financial condition have in the past been negatively impacted, and may in the future be negatively impacted, by rapidly
fluctuating foreign exchange rates. While we have historically hedged foreign currency exposures with natural offsets to the fullest extent possible and, once those opportunities have been exhausted,
through foreign currency exchange forward contracts, we cannot predict foreign currency volatility or the extent of its impact on our future financial results.

Our emerging opportunities in technology, products and services depend in part on intellectual property and technology licensed from third parties.

A  number  of  our  emerging  opportunities  in  technology,  products  and  services  rely  on  key  technologies  developed  or  licensed  from  third  parties.  While  the  majority  of  our  current  product
offerings  are  not  covered  by  third-party  licenses,  many  of  our  emerging  technology  offerings  that  we  are  developing  use  software  components  or  other  intellectual  property  licensed  from  third
parties, including both through proprietary and open source licenses. Should such emerging products become a significant part of our product offerings, our reliance on third-party licenses may
present various risks to our business. These third-party software components may become obsolete, defective or incompatible with future versions of

28

our emerging technology offerings, our relationship with these third parties may deteriorate, or our agreements with these third parties may expire or be terminated. We may face legal or business
disputes with licensors that may threaten or lead to the disruption of inbound licensing relationships. In order to remain in compliance with the terms of our licenses, we must carefully monitor and
manage  our  use  of  third-party  components,  including  both  proprietary  and  open  source  license  terms  that  may  require  the  licensing  or  public  disclosure  of  our  intellectual  property  without
compensation or on undesirable terms. Additionally, some of these licenses may not be available for use in the future on terms that may be acceptable or that allow our emerging product offerings to
remain competitive. Our inability to obtain licenses or rights on favorable terms could have a material effect on our emerging technology offerings. Moreover, it is possible that as a consequence of a
future merger or acquisition we may be involved in, third parties may obtain licenses to some of our intellectual property rights or our business may be subject to certain restrictions that were not in
place prior to such transaction. Because the availability and cost from third parties depends upon the willingness of third parties to deal with us on the terms we request, there is a risk that third
parties who license our competitors will either refuse to license to us at all, or refuse to license us on terms equally favorable to those granted to our competitors. Consequently, we may lose a
competitive advantage with respect to these intellectual property rights or we may be required to enter into costly arrangements in order to obtain these rights.

The allocation of intellectual property rights between Honeywell and us and our shared use of certain intellectual property rights, could adversely impact our reputation, our ability to enforce
certain intellectual property rights that are important to us and our competitive position.

We have certain agreements with Honeywell governing the allocation of intellectual property rights related to our business. These agreements could adversely affect our position and options
relating to intellectual property enforcement, licensing negotiations and monetization. We also may not have sufficient rights to grant sublicenses of intellectual property used in our business. These
circumstances could adversely affect our ability to protect our competitive position in the industry.

Failure to maintain an effective system of internal control over financial reporting could adversely impact our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Failure to maintain adequate, effective internal controls could result in potential financial misstatements and/or other forms of noncompliance that could have a material adverse impact on our
results of operations, financial condition and organizational reputation. If we do not maintain effective internal controls, our independent registered public accounting firm may provide an adverse
opinion on our internal control over financial reporting. Furthermore, if we do not maintain effective internal controls, the market price of our common stock and/or Series A Preferred Stock could
decline and we could be subject to sanctions or investigations by regulatory authorities, which would require additional financial and management resources, adversely impacting our operations and
potentially harming our reputation with our key stakeholders, including investors, employees, customers and suppliers.

System or service failures, including as a result of cyber or other security incidents, could disrupt business operations, result in the loss of critical and confidential information, and adversely
impact our reputation and results of operations.

We deploy and maintain IT and engineering systems which involve sensitive information. As a result, we are subject to systems or service failures, not only resulting from our failures or the
failures of third-party service providers, natural disasters, power shortages or terrorist attacks, but also from exposure to cyber or other security threats. Global cybersecurity threats and incidents can
range from uncoordinated individual attempts to gain unauthorized access to IT systems to sophisticated and targeted measures known as advanced persistent threats, directed at the Company, our
products, our customers and/or our third-party service providers, including cloud providers. There has been an increase in the frequency and sophistication of cyber and other security threats we face,
and our customers are increasingly requiring cyber and other security protections and mandating cyber and other security standards in our products.

Cyber and other security incidents, depending on their nature and scope, could potentially result in the misappropriation, destruction, corruption or unavailability of critical data and confidential
or proprietary information (our own or that of third parties) and the disruption of business operations. Moreover, employee error or malfeasance, faulty password management or other intentional or
inadvertent non-compliance with our security protocols may result in a breach of our information systems. Cyber and other security incidents aimed at the software embedded in our products could
lead to third-party claims that our product failures have caused a similar range of damages to our customers, and this risk is enhanced by the increasingly connected nature of our products.

29

The potential consequences of a material cyber or other security incident include financial loss, reputational damage, litigation with third parties, theft of intellectual property, fines levied by the
United States Federal Trade Commission, diminution in the value of our investment in research, development and engineering, and increased cyber and other security protection and remediation
costs  due  to  the  increasing  sophistication  and  proliferation  of  threats,  which  in  turn  could  adversely  affect  our  competitiveness  and  results  of  operations.  In  addition  to  any  costs  resulting  from
contract performance or required corrective action, these incidents could generate increased costs or loss of revenue if our customers choose to postpone or cancel previously scheduled orders or
decide not to renew any of our existing contracts.

The costs related to cyber or other security incidents may not be fully insured or indemnified by other means. The successful assertion of a large claim against us with respect to a cyber or other
security  incident  could  seriously  harm  our  business.  Even  if  not  successful,  these  claims  could  result  in  significant  legal  and  other  costs,  may  be  a  distraction  to  our  management  and  harm  our
customer relationships, as well as our reputation.

Risks Related to Our Capital Structure

Our substantial indebtedness and other obligations could adversely affect our financial health and our ability to execute our business strategy.

We have substantial consolidated indebtedness. As of December 31, 2022, we had outstanding debt of $1,186 million. Our ability to generate sufficient cash flows from operations depends on a
range of economic, competitive and business factors, many of which are outside of our control. If we are unable to generate sufficient cash flow, we may be required to seek one or more alternatives,
such as reducing or delaying investments or capital expenditures, selling assets, refinancing or obtaining additional equity capital on terms that may be onerous or highly dilutive. Our ability to
refinance our outstanding indebtedness or future indebtedness will depend on the capital markets and our financial condition at such time. It will also depend on our credit facilities and the terms of
the Series A Preferred Stock, which contain certain operating and financial restrictions that that may restrict our business and financing activities. We may not be able to engage in any of these
activities or engage in these activities on desirable terms when needed, which could result in a default on our indebtedness. Our inability to generate sufficient cash flows to satisfy our outstanding
debt and other obligations, or to refinance our obligations on commercially reasonable terms, would have a material adverse effect on our results of operations, financial condition and business.

Furthermore, we receive debt ratings from major credit rating agencies. Any downgrade in our credit rating or the ratings of our indebtedness, or adverse conditions in the debt capital markets,

could restrict our access to, and negatively impact the terms of, current or future financings and trade credit extended by certain suppliers or other vendors.

Our ability to raise capital in the future may be limited, which could make us unable to fund our capital requirements.

Our business and operations may consume resources faster than we anticipate. In the future, we may need to raise additional funds through the issuance of new equity securities, debt or a
combination  of  both.  Additional  financing  may  not  be  available  on  favorable  terms  or  at  all.  If  adequate  funds  are  not  available  on  acceptable  terms,  we  may  not  be  able  to  fund  our  capital
requirements. If we issue new debt securities, the debt holders would have rights senior to holders of common stock or Series A Preferred Stock to make claims on our assets, and the terms of any
additional debt could restrict our operations, including our ability to pay dividends on our common stock or Series A Preferred Stock. If we issue additional equity securities, existing holders of our
securities may experience dilution.

Ownership positions of certain of our stockholders may lead to conflicts of interest and could negatively impact the price of our securities.

The ownership positions of certain affiliated funds of Centerbridge Partners, L.P. (the "Centerbridge Investors") and certain affiliated funds of Oaktree Capital Management, L.P. (the "Oaktree
Investors”) represent a significant portion of the total voting power of our outstanding shares. As a result, these two stockholders in and of themselves can influence significantly all matters requiring
approval by our stockholders. These two stockholders may, from time to time, have interests that differ from other stockholders, and they may each vote in a way with which other stockholders
disagree  and  either  or  both  may  be  adverse  in  the  future  to  the  interests  of  other  stockholders.  Furthermore,  Centerbridge  Investors  and  Oaktree  Investors  each  have  the  right  to  designate  three
directors for election to the Board at each meeting of stockholders of the Company, and certain additional holders of our Series A Preferred Stock are entitled to designate one director for election to
the Board at each meeting of stockholders of the Company, pursuant to the terms of the Investor Rights Agreement for the Series A Preferred Stock. The concentration of ownership of our shares
may have the effect of delaying, preventing or deterring a change of control of our Company, could deprive our stockholders of an opportunity to receive a

30

premium for their shares as part of a sale of our Company, and consequently may affect the market price of our shares. This concentration of ownership of our shares may also have the effect of
influencing the completion of a change in control that may not necessarily be in the best interests of all of our stockholders.

Our securities are subordinated to our indebtedness upon liquidation.

In the event of our liquidation, dissolution or winding up, our common stock and Series A Preferred Stock would rank below all debt and other general unsecured claims against us. As a result,
holders of our Series A Preferred Stock would not be entitled to receive any payment or other distribution of assets upon our liquidation, dissolution or winding up until after all of our obligations to
debt holders have been satisfied.

Furthermore, our common stock would rank below the Series A Preferred Stock. Holders of our common stock would not be entitled to receive any payment or other distribution of assets upon

our liquidation, dissolution or winding up until after all of our obligations to debt holders and also holders of our Series A Preferred Stock had been satisfied.

There can be no assurance that we will pay dividends.

The  declaration  and  payment  of  any  dividend  is  subject  to  the  approval  of  our  Board  of  Directors  in  accordance  with  its  bylaws.  There  can  be  no  assurance  that  we  will  declare  and  pay
dividends in the future in any particular amounts, or at all. Our ability to pay dividends may limited by restrictions or limitations on our cash flows, including our ability to obtain sufficient funds
through  dividends  from  subsidiaries,  many  of  which  are  located  outside  of  the  United  States.  Furthermore,  any  payment  of  dividends  on  our  common  stock  is  subject  to  and  conditioned  upon
payment of dividends on our Series A Preferred Stock. Holders of Series A Preferred Stock are entitled to receive cumulative dividends at an annual rate of 11% on the stated amount per share, plus
the amount of any accrued and unpaid dividends on such share accumulating daily and payable quarterly, when, as and if declared by the Disinterested Directors' Committee of the Board of Directors
out  of  funds  legally  available.  Any  declaration  and  payment  of  dividends  on  the  Series  A  Preferred  Stock  or  common  stock  will  depend  on  our  earnings  and  financial  condition,  including  our
consolidated EBITDA, our liquidity and capital requirements, the general economic climate, the terms of our equity securities, contractual restrictions, our ability to service any debt obligations
senior to our Series A Preferred Stock and other factors deemed relevant by the Board of Directors in accordance with its bylaws.

The Series A Preferred Stock could be converted into common stock in certain circumstances.

Series A Preferred Stock, as well as accrued and unpaid dividends for Series A Preferred Stock, can be converted into common stock in certain circumstances. The issuance of common stock
upon conversion of the Series A Preferred Stock, and any accrued and unpaid dividends on the Series A Preferred Stock, could result in significant, material dilution to current holders of common
stock. There can be no assurance as to the timing of a conversion of Series A Preferred Stock. Furthermore, holders whose shares of Series A Preferred Stock are converted into common stock will
no longer enjoy priority over other holders of common stock in the event of the liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company.

Series A Preferred Stock votes with common stock on an as-converted basis.

Holders of the Series A Preferred Stock have the right to vote together as a single class with holders of the common stock on an as-converted basis on all matters presented for a vote of the
holders  of  common  stock.  As  of  December  31,  2022,  holders  of  the  Series  A  Preferred  Stock  held  approximately  79.1%  of  the  total  voting  power  of  the  Company.  The  holders  of  the  Series  A
Preferred Stock may have interests in matters brought before the stockholders that are different than the interests of holders of our common stock. While the holders of the Series A Preferred Stock
may not act as a group, in the instances where their interests are aligned, their ability to cast votes on an as-converted basis may affect the outcome of any stockholder votes on such matters and may
adversely affect the market price of the common stock.

We have made in the past, and may in the future make, significant grants under our equity incentive program.

We have made, and expect to continue to make, grants of common stock or options to purchase shares of common stock to our employees, officers or directors under the Long-Term Incentive
Plan. To the extent that shares of common stock are granted, or options to purchase common stock are granted, exercised and converted, existing holders of our equity securities may experience
dilution.

31

 
Item 1B. Unresolved Staff Comments

None.

Item 2. Properties

We have created a geographic footprint that emphasizes locating R&D, engineering and manufacturing capabilities in close physical proximity to our customers, thereby enabling us to manage
our environmental footprint and to adopt technologies and products for the specific vehicle types sold in each geographic market. Over the past several years, we have invested heavily to be close to
our Chinese, Indian and other high-growth region OEM customers to be able to offer world-leading technologies, localized engineering support and unparalleled manufacturing productivity.

As of December 31, 2022, we owned or leased 13 manufacturing sites, five R&D centers and 11 close-to-customer engineering sites. We also have many smaller sales offices, warehouses,
cybersecurity and integrated vehicle health management sites and other investments strategically located throughout the world. The following table shows the ownership and regional distribution of
our manufacturing sites, R&D centers and customer engineering sites:

Manufacturing Sites
R&D Centers
Close-to-Customer Engineering

Sites

Ownership

Owned
9
1

—

Leased
4
4

11

North America
2
1

Europe,
Middle East &
Africa
5
2

Regional distribution

South Asia &
Asia Pacific
5
2

South America
1
—

2

5

3

1

Total
13
5

11

We continually and proactively review our real estate portfolio and develop footprint strategies to support our customers’ global plans, while at the same time supporting our technical needs and

optimizing operating cost base. We expect our evolving portfolio will meet current and anticipated future needs.

Item 3. Legal Proceedings

We are involved in various lawsuits, claims and proceedings incident to the operation of our businesses, including those pertaining to product liability, product safety, environmental, safety and
health, intellectual property, employment, commercial and contractual matters and various other matters. Although the outcome of any such lawsuit, claim or proceeding cannot be predicted with
certainty and some may be disposed of unfavorably to us, we do not currently believe that such lawsuits, claims or proceedings will have, individually or in the aggregate, a material adverse effect on
our financial position, results of operations or cash flows. We accrue for potential liabilities in a manner consistent with US GAAP. Accordingly, we accrue for a liability when it is probable that a
liability has been incurred and the amount of the liability is reasonably estimable.

For additional information regarding our legal proceedings, see Note 25, Commitments and Contingencies of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

Item 4. Mine Safety Disclosures

Not Applicable.

32

 
 
 
 
Item 5. Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

PART II

Market Information

The Common Stock trades on the Nasdaq Global Select Market under the ticker symbol "GTX".

Holders of Record

As of February 8, 2023, there were 29,178 stockholders of record of our Common Stock.

Dividend Policy

We currently intend to retain all available funds and any future earnings to fund the development and growth of our business and to repay indebtedness, and therefore we do not anticipate
declaring or paying any cash dividends on our Common Stock in the foreseeable future. The timing, declaration, amount and payment of future dividends to stockholders on shares of our Common
Stock, if any, will fall within the discretion of our Board. Among the items we will consider when establishing a policy with respect to the payment of dividends on our Common Stock will be the
capital needs of our business and opportunities to retain future earnings for use in the operation of our business and to fund future growth. Additionally, the terms of our Credit Facilities and the
certificate of designations governing our Series A Preferred Stock each limit our ability to pay cash dividends on our Common Stock.

During  the  year  ended  December  31,  2022,  we  declared  two  cash  dividends  of  $0.17  per  share  each,  in  September  2022  and  December  2022,  on  our  Series  A  Preferred  Stock,  for  a  total
aggregate dividend of $83 million. There can however be no assurance that we will declare and pay dividends on our Series A Preferred Stock, or Common Stock, in the future in any particular
amounts or at all.

Stock Performance Graph

The following performance graph and related information shall not be deemed “soliciting material” or to be “filed” with the Securities and Exchange Commission, nor shall such information
be  incorporated  by  reference  into  any  future  filing  under  the  Securities  Act  or  the  Exchange  Act  except  to  the  extent  we  specifically  incorporate  it  by  reference  into  such  filing.  Our  stock  price
performance shown in the graph below is not indicative of future stock price performance.

The  following  graph  and  table  illustrate  the  total  return  from  April  30,  2021  (the  date  of  Emergence)  through  December  31,  2022,  for  (i)  our  Common  Stock,  (ii)  the  Standard  and  Poor’s
(“S&P”) Small Cap 600 Index, (iii) the average stock performance of a group consisting of the peer companies disclosed in our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2021
(“2021 Peer Group”), consisting of Adient plc, Allison Transmission Holdings, Inc., American Axle & Manufacturing Holdings, Inc., Aptiv PLC, Autoliv Inc., BorgWarner Inc., Dana Incorporated,
Gentex  Corporation,  Lear  Corporation,  Magna  International  Inc.,  Tenneco  Inc.,  Veoneer,  Inc.  and  Visteon  Corporation.  (iii)  the  average  stock  performance  of  a  group  consisting  of  the  peer
companies disclosed in our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2022 (“2022 Peer Group”), consisting of Adient plc, Allison Transmission Holdings, Inc., American Axle
& Manufacturing Holdings, Inc., Aptiv PLC, Autoliv Inc., BorgWarner Inc., Dana Incorporated, Gentex Corporation, Lear Corporation, Magna International Inc. and Visteon Corporation.

The 2022 Peer Group is used routinely by management for benchmarking purposes. The graph and the table assume that $100 was invested on April 30, 2021 in shares of each of our Common
Stock, the S&P Small Cap 600 Index, the Common Stock of the 2022 Peer Group, and that any dividends were reinvested. The comparisons reflected in the graph and table are not intended to
forecast the future performance of our Common Stock and may not be indicative of our future performance.

33

Indexed Price Performance

Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities

During the year ended December 31, 2022, the holders of our Series A Preferred Stock converted 130 shares of Series A Preferred Stock into 130 shares of Common Stock pursuant to the terms

of the Certificate of Designations of the Series A Preferred Stock. These transactions did not involve any underwriters, underwriting discounts or commissions, or any public offering.

Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

On November 16, 2021, the Board of Directors authorized a $100 million share repurchase program valid until November 15, 2022, providing for the purchase of shares of Series A Preferred

Stock and Common Stock (the "share repurchase program"). On November 2, 2022, the Board of Directors authorized the extension of the share repurchase program until November 15, 2023.

The following table summarizes our share repurchase activity for the three months ended December 31, 2022, and additional information regarding our share repurchase program.

Global Markets Intelligence Group

34

Period
October 1, 2022 - October 31, 2022
November 1, 2022 - November 30, 2022
December 1, 2022 - December 31, 2022

Total

Total Number of
Common Shares
Purchased
—
—
—
—

Average Price
Paid per Share
— 
— 
— 
— 

$
$
$
$

Total Number of
Preferred Shares
Purchased

67,341 
130,055 
106,419 
303,815 

Average Price
Paid Per Share
7.66 
8.46 
8.57 
8.32 

$
$
$
$

Total Number of
Shares Purchased as
Part of Publicly
Announced Plan or
Program

Approximate Dollar Value of
Shares that May Yet Be
Purchased Under the Plan or
Program

67,341 
130,055 
106,419 
303,815 

75,874,663 
74,773,976 
73,862,228 
73,862,228 

Other  than  the  amounts  repurchased  as  part  of  our  share  repurchase  program,  there  were  no  purchases  of  equity  securities  by  the  issuer  or  affiliated  purchasers  during  the  quarter  ended

December 31, 2022.

Item 6. Reserved

Not applicable.

35

Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

The following discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations, which we refer to as our “MD&A,” should be read in conjunction with our Consolidated Financial
Statements  and  related  notes  thereto  and  other  financial  information  appearing  elsewhere  in  this  Annual  Report.  Some  of  the  information  contained  in  this  discussion  and  analysis  or  set  forth
elsewhere in this Annual Report, including information with respect to our plans and strategy for our business, includes forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties. As a result of
many important factors, including those set forth in the "Risk Factors" section of this Annual Report, our actual results could differ materially from the results described in, or implied, by these
forward-looking statements.

Overview and Business Trends

Garrett  designs,  manufactures  and  sells  highly  engineered  turbocharger  and  electric-boosting  technologies  for  light  and  commercial  vehicle  OEMs”  and  the  global  vehicle  independent
aftermarket as well as automotive software solutions. These OEMs, in turn, ship to consumers globally. We are a global technology leader with significant expertise in delivering products across
gasoline, diesel, natural gas and electric (hybrid and fuel cell) powertrains. Additionally, we are currently in the development stage of turbochargers for internal combustion engines using hydrogen
as fuel and other highly engineered components for zero emission vehicles. These products are key enablers for fuel economy and emissions standards compliance.

The turbocharger industry is expected to increase from approximately 46 million units in 2022 to approximately 48 million units by 2024, then gradually plateau and drop to approximately 41
million units by 2028, according to S&P for light vehicles and KGP and PSR for on-highway and off-highway commercial vehicles. The turbocharger industry growth in the short and medium term
is mainly driven by an expected increase in the penetration of hybrid vehicles, from approximately 13 million hybrid cars globally in 2022 to an anticipated 29 million hybrid cars globally in 2026.

In 2022, a significant increase in BEV production has been observed in Europe and China, with BEV representing, respectively 8% and 18% of light vehicles produced. In China, renewed sales
incentives, especially in Tier 2 and Tier 3 cities, as well as non-financial incentives such as more generous license-plate quotas for major metropolitan areas, have bolstered Chinese BEV penetration.
In the long-term, the proposal in the European Union ("E.U.") for all new cars to be zero-emission at tail pipe by 2035, as well as local regulations, could drive a further increase of BEV penetration
in Europe beyond currently forecasted levels. In the United States, the tightening of CO2/mileage targets is expected to drive higher turbo penetration in the short to medium term. The President of
the United States signed an executive order with the goal of making half of all new vehicles sold in 2030 zero-emissions vehicles, including battery electric, plug-in hybrid electric, or fuel cell
electric vehicles, which is expected to accelerate the electrification trend in the mid-to-long term. Garrett's portfolio for hybrid powertrains includes new electric boosting solutions that leverage our
unique  technologies  for  electrical  high  speed  boosting  machinery.  Garrett's  product  portfolio  also  includes  fuel  cell  compressors  for  which  we  are  developing  the  third  generation.  We  are  well
positioned to take advantage of growing opportunities especially in the application of commercial vehicles. In China, the roadmap released by the China Society of Automotive Engineers, Energy-
saving and New Energy Vehicle Technology Roadmap 2.0, outlines a technology path for the next ten years that aims to find a balance between fuel consumption improvement for hybrids and the
introduction of electric vehicles. In that context, the turbocharger industry is expected to keep contributing to fuel economy optimization of gasoline, diesel and hybrid vehicles.

In the short to medium term, we continue to believe that turbocharger demand will grow as turbochargers remain one of the most cost-efficient levers to improve the fuel efficiency of gasoline,
diesel and hybrid vehicles. In 2021, Garrett won the prestigious Automotive News PACE™ award for the industry's first E-turbo that successfully launched in 2022. The unique high speed electric
motor technology developed for this product came from Garrett's fuel cell compressors that are required by fuel cell vehicles. Additionally, this technology offers opportunities for new products to
support  all  types  of  electrified  drivetrains.  In  the  commercial  vehicle  industry,  we  expect  a  slower  transition  to  BEVs  due  to  the  requirements  of  specific  applications  and  associated  range  and
charging time constraints, which translates into more resilient turbocharger demand, as most commercial vehicles are turbocharged. In addition, low or zero emission alternative fuels for ICE, like
natural gas or hydrogen, are expected to gain momentum in coming years, supporting continued turbocharger demand. Growth in the turbocharger industry is expected globally, with special mention
for high-growth regions in Asia, where rising income levels continue to drive long-term automotive demand. While these positive factors do not isolate the turbocharger industry from fluctuations in
global  vehicle  production  volumes,  such  factors  may  assist  in  mitigating  the  negative  impact  of  macroeconomic  cycles.  In  addition,  approximately  30%  of  our  revenue  comes  from  commercial
vehicle and aftermarket sales that are less sensitive to the trend of electrification.

36

The global turbocharger industry is traditionally subject to inflationary pressures with respect to raw materials which place operational and profitability burdens on the entire supply chain.
Given the recent macroeconomic disruptions including geopolitical tensions, we expect to see continued commodity cost volatility which could have an impact on future earnings. Accordingly, we
continue to seek to mitigate both inflationary pressures and our material-related cost exposures by negotiating commodity cost contract escalation or pass-through agreements with customers and
cost reductions with suppliers. Our sales predictability in the short term might also be impacted by sudden changes in customer demand, driven by their supply-chain management challenges.

Emergence from Chapter 11

On  September  20,  2020,  the  Company  filed  a  voluntary  petition  for  relief  under  chapter  11  of  title  11  of  the  United  States  Code,  which  was  administered  under  the  caption  “In  re:  Garrett
Motion Inc., 20-12212.” On April 20, 2021, a Revised Amended Plan of Reorganization (the "Plan") was filed and on April 26, 2021, the Bankruptcy Court entered an order among other things,
confirming the Plan. On April 30, 2021 (the "Effective Date"), the conditions to the effectiveness of the Plan were satisfied or waived and the Company emerged from bankruptcy.

Results of Operations for the Years Ended December 31, 2022, 2021 and 2020

Net Sales

Net sales
% change compared with prior period

The change in net sales compared to the prior year is attributable to the following:

2022

2021

(Dollars in millions)

2020

$

3,603 

$

(0.8)%

3,633 
19.7 %

$

3,034 

(6.6 %)

For the year ended December 31, 2022, sales decreased compared to prior year by $30 million or 1%. This decrease was primarily due to an unfavorable impact of $304 million or 8% due to
foreign currency translation driven by a lower Euro-to-US dollar exchange rate. This decrease was partially offset by $149 million of improved mix and $125 million of inflation recoveries net of
pricing across all product lines.

Gasoline product sales increased by $64 million or 5% (including an unfavorable impact of $119 million or 8% due to foreign currency translation), primarily driven by new product launches in
North America which delivered incremental sales year over year. This increase was partially offset by lower Euro-to-dollar exchange rates and lower sales in China due to the increased Covid-related
lockdown measures implemented by the Chinese government throughout 2022.

Diesel product sales decreased by $91 million or 9% (including an unfavorable impact of $103 million or 10% due to foreign currency translation). While we saw lower volumes in 2022 due to

the global semiconductor shortage and supply chain challenges at customers, this was offset by inflation pass-through and a favorable mix.

Commercial vehicle sales decreased by $32 million or 5% (including an unfavorable impact of $51 million or 8% due to foreign currency translation), primarily driven by lower volumes in

China during the year after a strong pre-buy effect in the first half of 2021, more than offset by a favorable mix in the rest of the world.

Aftermarket sales improved by $36 million or 9% (including an unfavorable impact of $25 million or 6% due to foreign currency translation), primarily due to strong demand in North America

and Europe related to favorable aftermarket conditions such as increased off-highway demand for new and service parts, increased revenues from our

37

Performance & Motorsport Turbo business, new distributor openings, as well as growth through new product introductions and favorable pricing impacts.

For the year ended December 31, 2021, net sales were $3,633 million, an increase compared to prior year of $599 million or 20% (including a positive impact of $132 million or 5% due to

foreign currency translation driven by higher Euro-to-US dollar exchange rates).

Gasoline product sales increased by $245 million or 21% (including a favorable impact of $64 million or 6% due to foreign currency translation), primarily driven by program launches and

ramp-ups in China and North America.

Diesel  product  sales  increased  by  $124  million  or  14%  (including  a  favorable  impact  of  $42  million  or  5%  due  to  foreign  currency  translation),  primarily  driven  by  the  strong  recovery  in
customer demand beginning of the year 2021 following the pandemic-related disruptions experienced in 2020, which was partially offset by the semiconductor shortage at customers particularly in
the second half of 2021.

Commercial  Vehicle  sales  increased  by  $154  million  or  28%  (including  a  favorable  impact  of  $17  million  or  3%  due  to  foreign  currency  translation),  primarily  driven  by  the  continuing

recovery in customer demand following the pandemic related disruptions experienced in 2020 and with both ramp-up and new launches of certain products in Europe and China.

Aftermarket sales increased by $76 million or 23% (including a favorable impact of $7 million or 2% due to foreign currency translation), primarily due to continuing recovery in customer
demand  following  the  pandemic-related  disruptions  experienced  in  2020,  driven  by  service  replacements  and  the  development  actions  undertaken  such  as  new  distributor  openings,  new  product
introductions and targeted distribution channel strategy.

Cost of Goods Sold and Gross Profit

Cost of goods sold
% change compared with prior period
Gross profit percentage

Cost of Goods Sold / Gross Profit for year ended December 31, 2021
Volume
Product mix
Price, net of inflation pass-through
Commodity, transportation and energy inflation
Productivity, net
Research & development
Foreign exchange rate impacts
Cost of Goods Sold / Gross Profit for year ended December 31, 2022

2022

2021

(Dollars in millions)

2020

$

2,920 

$

(0.2)%
19.0 %

$

2,926 
17.3 %
19.5 %

2,495 

(2.3 %)
17.8 %

Cost of Goods Sold

Gross Profit

(Dollars in millions)

$

2,926 
(19)
124 
— 
154 
(58)
17 
(224)
2,920  $2,920  $

707 
(8)
25 
125 
(154)
84 
(17)
(79)
683 

$

$

38

For the year ended December 31, 2022, cost of goods sold decreased by $6 million compared to prior year, primarily driven by our lower sales volumes and foreign currency impacts which
contributed to decreases of $19 million and $224 million, respectively. Our continued focus on productivity also contributed to a decrease in cost of goods sold of $58 million, net of $10 million of
higher premium freight costs driven by supply chain disruptions, transportation constraints and volume volatility. These decreases were partially offset by $154 million of inflation on commodities,
transportation and energy costs, as well as $124 million due to an unfavorable product mix. R&D expenses also increased by $17 million which reflects our shift in investment in electrification
technologies.

Gross profit decreased by $24 million, mainly driven by the lower sales volumes, inflation on commodities, transportation and energy costs, as well as higher premium freight costs as discussed
above. Higher R&D costs and $79 million of unfavorable foreign currency translational, transactional and hedging effects also reduced our gross profit. These decreases were partially offset by $84
million of higher productivity which includes the benefits from value engineering that are partially passed through to customers, $125 million of inflation recoveries from customer pass-through
agreements net of pricing reductions, and $25 million of favorable product mix.

Cost of Goods Sold / Gross Profit for year ended December 31, 2020
Volume
Product mix
Price, net of inflation pass-through
Commodity & transportation inflation
Productivity, net
Research & development
Foreign exchange rate impacts
Cost of Goods Sold / Gross Profit for year ended December 31, 2021

Cost of Goods Sold

Gross Profit

(Dollars in millions)

$

$

2,495  $
278 
74 
— 
71 
(108)
17 
99 
2,926  $

539 
135 
(8)
(24)
(71)
120 
(17)
33 
707 

For the year ended December 31, 2021, cost of goods sold increased by $431 million or 17.3% (including an unfavorable impact of $99 million due to foreign exchange rates) compared to the
prior  year.  The  increase  in  cost  of  goods  sold  was  primarily  driven  by  our  higher  sales  volumes  and  foreign  currency  impacts  which  contributed  to  increases  of  $278  million  and  $99  million,
respectively, in cost of goods sold. Cost of goods sold further increased by $74 million due to an unfavorable product mix and $71 million due to inflation on commodities and transportation costs,
partially offset by benefits from our continued focus on productivity. R&D expenses increased by $17 million which reflects our shift in investment in electrification technologies and the temporary
cost control actions taken in 2020 to mitigate the Covid-19 impact.

The increase in gross profit was mainly driven by the higher sales volumes and increased productivity. These increases were partially offset by the unfavorable product mix and inflation as
discussed above, as well as $24 million of pricing reductions net of inflation recoveries from customer pass-through agreements during the year and $17 million of higher R&D costs. The impact of
foreign currency translational, transactional and hedging effects further increased gross profit by $33 million.

Selling, General and Administrative Expenses

Selling, general and administrative expense
% of sales

2022

2021

(Dollars in millions)

2020

$

$

216 
6.0 %

$

216 
5.9 %

260 
8.6 %

For  the  year  ended  December  31,  2022,  selling,  general  and  administrative  (“SG&A”)  expenses  remained  flat  compared  to  prior  year.  We  saw  a  $17  million  benefit  during  the  year  from
favorable foreign exchange rates compared to the prior year and $2 million of lower employee-related costs which mainly reflect lower expected employee incentive payouts partially offset by the
impact of labor inflation. These decreases were offset by $5 million of higher IT expenses in 2022, $4 million from increased travel expenses as Covid restrictions eased, $10 million of higher bad
debt expenses due primarily to a non-recurring bad debt recovery recognized in 2021.

39

For the year ended December 31, 2021, SG&A expenses decreased for compared to prior year by $44 million, mainly driven by $52 million of strategic planning costs incurred in 2020, $11
million of bad debt recovery, $5 million of lower stock based compensation costs and a $2 million capital tax expense recorded in 2020. These decreases were partially offset by $4 million in labor
inflation, a $13 million increase in accruals for employees incentives which reflect the expected payouts in 2022, a $6 million increase in foreign exchange impacts and $3 million of cost savings
initiatives undertaken in the prior year to mitigate the impact of Covid-19. As a percentage of net sales, SG&A for 2021 was 5.9% versus 8.6% in the prior year.

Other Expense, Net

Other expense, net
% of sales

2022

2021

(Dollars in millions)

2020

$

$

2 
0.1 %

$

1 
— %

46 
1.5 %

Other expense, net increased for 2022 compared to the prior year by $1 million and is attributable to an increase of expenses associated with the factoring of receivables.

Other expense, net decreased for 2021 compared to the prior year by $45 million. The decrease is attributable to the cancellation of liabilities related to the Honeywell Indemnity Agreement and

associated litigation, following our emergence from Chapter 11.

Interest Expense

Interest Expense

2022

2021

(Dollars in millions)

2020

$

82  $

93  $

79 

For the year ended December 31, 2022, interest expense decreased by $11 million compared to prior year, primarily due to $19 million less of interest accretion on our Series B Preferred Stock
that was issued at Emergence and fully redeemed by June 2022, and $9 million of interest expense incurred on our pre-Emergence credit facilities. These decreases in interest expense were partially
offset by $14 million of additional interest expense in 2022 on our current Credit Facilities entered into at Emergence.

For the year ended December 31, 2021, interest expense increased by $14 million compared to prior year, primarily due to $29 million of interest accretion on the Series B Preferred Stock,
partially  offset  by  $16  million  lower  interest  expense  on  our  current  Credit  Facilities  compared  to  our  credit  facility  in  the  prior  year  before  Emergence  and  prior  year  period  fees  related  to
amendments to our previous credit facilities.

Non-operating income

Non-operating income

2022

2021

(Dollars in millions)

2020

$

(121) $

(16) $

(38)

For the year ended December 31, 2022, non-operating income increased by $105 million compared to prior year. This increase was driven by $66 million of interest income primarily from
unrealized marked-to-market gains on our interest rate swaps and $24 million related to non-service components of net periodic pension benefits, partially offset by $11 million of foreign exchange
remeasurement losses.

For the year ended December 31, 2021, non-operating income decreased by $22 million compared to prior year and comprised $47 million in foreign exchange impact on debt, which was
unhedged as a consequence of restrictions placed on the Company during the pendency of Chapter 11, partially offset by $18 million higher non-service pension benefit in the current year and $8
million driven by interest income associated with unrealized marked-to-market gains on interest rate swaps.

Reorganization items, net

40

Reorganization items, net

2022

2021

(Dollars in millions)

2020

$

3  $

(125) $

73 

For the year ended December 31, 2022, reorganization items, net was an expense of $3 million related to professional service fees incurred for the remaining securities litigation from Chapter
11. During the prior year, reorganization items, net amounted to a $125 million gain, representing a $502 million gain on the settlement of Honeywell claims, partially offset by $119 million higher
professional service fees related to the Chapter 11 Cases compared to the prior-year period, $79 million related to the termination and an expense reimbursement under a share and asset purchase
agreement entered into on the Petition Date by the Debtors, AMP Intermediate B.V. and AMP U.S. Holdings, LLC (the “Stalking Horse Purchase Agreement”), $39 million in Directors and Officers
insurance related to Chapter 11 Cases, a $19 million write off on debt issuance costs of the debt associated with our pre-petition credit agreement, $13 million in employee stock awards cancellation
and $35 million in other costs mainly related to unsecured notes settlement.

For  the  year  ended  December  31,  2021,  reorganization  items,  net  was  a  gain  of  $125  million,  as  explained  above.  This  is  in  comparison  to  the  year  ended  December  31,  2020,  where
reorganization items, net were $73 million, representing professional fees related to Chapter 11 of $55 million, DIP Credit Agreement financing fees of $13 million and the unamortized deferred high
yield debt issuance cost of $6 million.

Tax Expense

Tax expense
Effective tax rate

2022

2021

(Dollars in millions)

2020

$

$

106 
21.4 %

$

43 
7.9 %

39 
32.8 %

The effective tax rate increased by 13.5 percentage points in 2022 compared to 2021. The increase was primarily attributable to the nontaxable gain on the settlement of the Honeywell
claims  (partially  offset  by  non-deductible  transaction  costs)  and  increased  tax  benefits  from  an  internal  restructuring,  both  of  which  occurred  in  2021  and  are  non-recurring.  This  increase  was
partially offset by tax benefits in the current year due to release of reserves for statute of limitation expirations.

The effective tax rate decreased by 24.9 percentage points in 2021 compared to 2020. The decrease was primarily attributable to the nontaxable gain on the settlement of the Honeywell claims
during the year, increased tax benefits from an internal restructuring and fewer losses in jurisdictions that we do not expect to benefit from such losses; partially offset by increases in withholding
taxes  on  unrepatriated  earnings.  The  internal  restructuring  occurred  predominantly  in  the  fourth  quarter  of  2021,  which  involved  transfers  of  certain  rights  to  intellectual  property  and  various
intercompany  financing  arrangements  resulting  in  an  approximate  11  percentage  point  decrease  to  the  effective  tax  rate  during  2021.  The  overall  increase  in  earnings  from  2020  was  also  a
contributing factor to a lower effective tax rate because the tax impacts as a percentage to earnings is less sensitive.

Net Income

Net Income

2022

2021

(Dollars in millions)

2020

$

390  $

495  $

80 

For the year ended December 31, 2022, net income decreased $105 million compared to prior year primarily as result of lower gross profit of $24 million, a net benefit in 2021 of $125 million

in Reorganization items, and higher tax expenses of $63 million, partially offset by higher non-operating income of $105 million, as described above.

For the year ended December 31, 2021, net income increased $415 million compared to prior year primarily as result of higher gross profit of $168 million, lower SG&A expenses of $44

million, lower Other expenses of $45 million, and favorable Reorganization items, net, of $198 million, as described above.

Non-GAAP Measures

41

Management provides non-GAAP financial information, including EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA, to supplement the understanding of our business operations and performance, and it should
be  considered  by  the  reader  in  addition  to,  but  not  instead  of,  the  financial  statements  prepared  in  accordance  with  GAAP.  Each  non-GAAP  financial  measure  is  presented  along  with  the  most
directly  comparable  GAAP  measure  so  as  not  to  imply  that  more  emphasis  should  be  placed  on  the  non-GAAP  measure.  The  non-GAAP  financial  information  presented  may  be  determined  or
calculated differently by other companies and may not be comparable to other similarly titled measures used by other companies. Additionally, the non-GAAP financial measures have limitations as
analytical tools and should not be considered in isolation or as a substitute for analysis of the Company’s operating results as reported under GAAP. We believe that EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA
are important indicators of operating performance and provide useful information for investors because:

1. We define “EBITDA” as our net income calculated in accordance with U.S. GAAP, plus the sum of net interest expense, tax expense and depreciation. We define “Adjusted EBITDA”
as EBITDA, plus the sum of net reorganization items, stock compensation expense, repositioning costs, net foreign exchange loss on debt, loss on extinguishment on debt, discounting
costs on factoring, other non-operating income and professional service costs and capital tax expense incurred in conjunction with our reorganization; and

2.

certain adjustment items, while periodically affecting our results, may vary significantly from period to period and have disproportionate effect in a given period, which affects the
comparability of our results.

In addition, our management may use Adjusted EBITDA in setting performance incentive targets to align performance measurement with operational performance.

EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA (non-GAAP)

Net income — GAAP
Net interest expense
Tax expense
Depreciation

(1)

(3)

(2)

EBITDA (Non-GAAP)
Other expense, net
Non-operating (income) expense
Reorganization items, net
Stock compensation expense
Repositioning charges
Foreign exchange loss (gain) on debt, net of related hedging loss (gain)
Professional service costs
Capital tax expense 
Loss on extinguishment of debt

(7)

(4)

(5)

(6)

Adjusted EBITDA (Non-GAAP)

2022

Year Ended December 31,

2021

(Dollars in millions)

2020

$

$

$

390  $
6 
106 
84 

586  $
2 
(41)
3 
11 
4 
— 
— 
— 
5 
570  $

$

495 
82 
43 
92 

$

712 
— 
(12)
(125)
7 
16 
9 
— 
— 
— 
607  $607  $

2

(

4

(1) Other expense, net includes factoring and notes receivable discount fees. It also reflects, specifically for 2020, our accounting for the majority of our asbestos-related liability payments and
accounts  payable  to  Honeywell  under  the  terms  of  the  Honeywell  Indemnity  Agreement.  The  Plan  as  confirmed  by  the  Bankruptcy  Court  included  a  global  settlement  with  Honeywell
providing  for,  among  other  things,  the  full  and  final  satisfaction,  settlement,  release,  and  discharge  of  all  liabilities  under  or  related  to  legacy  agreements  between  the  Company  or  its
subsidiaries and Honeywell.

(2) The adjustment for non-operating (income) expense reflects the non-service component of net periodic pension costs and other income that are non-recurring or not considered directly

related to the Company's operations.

(3) The Company applied ASC 852 for periods subsequent to the Petition Date to distinguish transactions and events that were directly associated with the Company’s reorganization from the

ongoing operations of the business. Accordingly, certain expenses and gains incurred during the Chapter 11 Cases are recorded within Reorganization

42

items, net in the Consolidated Statements of Operations. See Note 2, Plan of Reorganization of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

(4) Stock compensation expense includes only non-cash expenses.

(5) Repositioning costs include severance costs related to restructuring projects to improve future productivity.

(6) Professional service costs consist of professional service fees related to strategic planning for the Company in the period prior to filing for relief under Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code in

September 2020. We consider these costs to be unrelated to our ongoing core business operations.

(7) The canton of Vaud, Switzerland generally provides for crediting the cantonal corporate income tax against capital tax. There was no income tax payable for the year ended December 31,

2020 and therefore the 2020 capital tax due of $2 million was recorded in SG&A expenses.

Adjusted EBITDA for the year ended December 31, 2022 compared with year ended December 31, 2021

For the year ended December 31, 2022, net income decreased $105 million versus the prior year as discussed above within the Results of Operations section. Our volumes for 2022 totaled 13.6

million units, representing a decrease of approximately 1% from the prior year.

Adjusted EBITDA decreased by $37 million compared to the prior year mainly due to unfavorable foreign exchange impacts. While we saw increased inflation on commodities, transportation
and energy, and we also increased our R&D spending on electrification technologies, this was more than offset by an improved product mix net of lower volumes, productivity, and inflation pass-
through net of pricing. Our Adjusted EBITDA margin decreased by 90 basis points, of which 80 basis points was driven by the unfavorable foreign exchange impacts and inflation pass-through to
customers.

During  2022,  we  faced  demand  volatility  driven  mainly  by  the  global  semiconductor  shortage,  geopolitical  tensions  and  ongoing  impacts  from  Covid  restrictions  primarily  in  China,  all  of
which resulted in supply chain disruptions. We maintained our focus on productivity in 2022 as rising commodity prices led to higher raw material costs, particularly for nickel, aluminum and steel
alloys. We recovered the cost increases from our customer pass-through agreements, and continue to negotiate with our customers for further escalators while actively managing our supply base and
cost recovery mechanisms to mitigate the impact of materials, transportation and energy cost inflation. The increased productivity was partially offset by year-over-year labor inflation, increased
travel expenses, higher bad debt expenses and increased premium freight costs driven by supply chain disruptions, transportation constraints and volume volatility.

R&D expenses increased $17 million which primarily reflects our increased investment in electrification technologies.

43

Adjusted EBITDA for the year ended December 31, 2021 compared with year ended December 31, 2020

As discussed above, Net income increased $415 million for 2021 as compared to 2020. For 2021, Garrett’s Adjusted EBITDA of $607 million increased by $167 million compared to the prior

year, mainly due to benefits from volume and productivity, partially offset by mix and commodities and transportation inflation.

In 2021, our volumes totaled 13.7 million units, an increase of approximately 14% from 2020.

Our Adjusted EBITDA margin of 16.7% represented a year-over-year improvement of 220 basis points. We started the year with high volume demand representing a short-term increase in
demand in connection with the macroeconomic recovery from the initial impacts of the Covid-19 pandemic, but have been facing demand volatility driven by the global semiconductor shortage,
primarily for the last three quarters.

We also maintained our focus on productivity in 2021 as rising commodity prices led to higher raw material costs, particularly for nickel, aluminum and steel alloys. We recovered a majority of
the increase from our customer pass-through agreements, especially for nickel, and continue to actively manage our supply base and cost recovery mechanisms to minimize the impact of materials
cost inflation. The increased productivity was partially offset by a $12 million increase in SG&A related to year-over-year labor inflation and increased accruals for employee incentives, reflecting
expected payouts on employee incentive compensation schemes and was partially offset by bad debt recovery. We also took a number of temporary cost control and cash management actions in the
second and third quarters of 2020 to combat the Covid-19 crisis.

R&D expenses increased by $17 million which reflects our shift in investment in electrification technologies and the temporary cost control actions taken in 2020 to mitigate the Covid-19

impact.

The benefit from foreign currency impacts from translational, transactional and hedging effects in 2021 was $28 million and was primarily driven by a higher Euro-to-US dollar exchange rate

versus the prior-year period.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

Overview

Historically, we have financed our operations with funds generated from operating activities, available cash and cash equivalents, as well as borrowings under a senior secured revolving credit
facility and the issuance of senior notes, commitments under both of which were cancelled in connection with the Chapter 11 Cases. During the pendency of our bankruptcy proceedings, we financed
our operations with funds generated from operating activities and available cash and cash equivalents, and also had in place debtor-in-possession financing arrangements.

Following our emergence from bankruptcy and during the year ended December 31, 2022, we funded our operations primarily through the cash flows from operating activities, borrowings from
our credit facilities and cash and cash equivalents. On the Effective Date, in accordance with the Plan, the Company entered into a credit agreement (as amended from time to time, the "Credit
Agreement") providing for senior secured financing, consisting of a seven-year secured first-lien U.S. Dollar term loan facility initially in the amount of $715 million (the “Dollar Term Facility”), a
seven-year secured first-lien Euro term loan facility initially in the amount of €450 million (the “Euro Term Facility,” and together with the Dollar Facility, the “Term Loan Facilities”); and a five-
year senior secured first-lien revolving credit facility initially in the amount of $300 million providing for multi-currency revolving loans, (the “Revolving Facility,” and together with the

44

Term Loan Facilities, the “Credit Facilities”). On January 11, 2022 and March 22, 2022, the Company amended the Credit Agreement, increasing the maximum amount of borrowings available
under the Revolving Facility from $300 million to approximately $475 million. The maturity date of the Revolving Facility remains unchanged at April 30, 2026, with certain extension rights at the
discretion of each lender. On December 31, 2022, the Company reported cash and cash equivalents position $246 million (not including $2 million in restricted cash as of December 31, 2022) as
compared to $423 million on December 31, 2021 (not including $41 million in restricted cash as of December 31, 2021). As of December 31, 2022, the Company had no borrowings or letters of
credit outstanding under the Revolving Facility, and available capacity of $475 million. In addition, as of December 31, 2022, the Company had $1,186 million of principal outstanding on its Term
Loan Facilities and had utilized $14 million of the bilateral letter of credit facilities with $1 million remaining available capacity.

During the year ended December 31, 2022, we repaid $7 million of our Dollar Term Facility and $381 million related to our Series B Preferred Stock which included the final early redemption
payment, following which no shares of our Series B Preferred Stock remain outstanding. Additionally, holders of our Series A Preferred Stock are entitled to receive, when, as and if declared by a
committee of disinterested directors of the Board out of funds legally available for such dividend, cumulative cash dividends at an annual rate of 11% on the stated amount per share plus the amount
of any accrued and unpaid dividends on such share. These dividends accumulate whether or not declared. During the year ended December 31, 2022, we declared two cash dividends of $0.17 per
share, each (September 2022 and December 2022), on our Series Preferred A Stock, for a total aggregate dividend of $83 million. As of December 31, 2022, the aggregate accumulated undeclared
and unpaid dividend was approximately $171 million.

For 2023, we expect to maintain a similar level of capital spending as compared to 2022. We expect to repay $7 million on our Dollar Term Facility. We also expect to pay approximately $5
million related to purchase obligations which were entered into with various vendors in the normal course of business and are consistent with our expected requirements. Finally, we expect to make
contributions of approximately $7 million to our non-U.S. pension plans.

We believe the combination of expected cash flows, the funding received from Series A Preferred Stock issuance, the term loan borrowings and the revolving credit facilities being committed

until 2026, will provide us with adequate liquidity to support the Company's operations.

Share Repurchase Program

On November 16, 2021, the Company announced that it had authorized a $100 million share repurchase program valid until November 15, 2022, providing for the purchase of shares of Series
A  Preferred  Stock  and  Common  Stock.  On  November  2,  2022,  the  Board  of  Directors  authorized  the  extension  of  the  share  repurchase  program  by  one  year,  to  November  15,  2023.  As  of
December  31,  2022,  the  Company  had  repurchased  $26  million  of  its  Series  A  Preferred  Stock  and  Common  Stock,  with  $74  million  remaining  under  the  share  repurchase  program.  For  more
information, see Item 5. Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities - Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangement

The Company did not have any off-balance sheet arrangements as of December 31, 2022 and 2021.

Cash Flow Summary for the Years Ended December 31, 2022, 2021 and 2020

Our cash flows from operating, investing and financing activities for the years ended December 31, 2022, 2021 and 2020, as reflected in the Consolidated Financial Statements included in this

Annual Report, are summarized as follows:

Cash provided by (used for):
Operating activities
Investing activities
Financing activities
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash

Net (decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents

2022

Year Ended December 31,

2021

(Dollars in millions)

2020

$

$

375  $
(91)
(482)
(18)
(216) $

(310) $
(71)
139 
13 
(229) $

25 
(80)
530 
31 
506 

45

Cash Flow Summary for the year ended December 31, 2022

Cash provided by operating activities increased by $685 million for 2022 versus the prior year, primarily due to a $375 million payment made to Honeywell in 2021 pursuant to the Plan, and a
decrease in net income of $105 million, net of a $393 million increase in non-cash adjustments which included a $435 million gain recognized in prior year on reorganization items, a $66 million
increase  in  the  fair  value  of  our  undesignated  derivative  instruments  and  $28  million  of  the  redemption  attributable  to  interest  of  Series  B  Preferred  Stock.  We  also  saw  favorable  impacts  from
working capital of $46 million, partially offset by a $24 million decrease mainly driven by other assets and liabilities.

Cash used for investing activities increased by $20 million for 2022 versus the prior year, primarily due to an increase in expenditures for property, plant and equipment of $19 million.

Cash used for financing activities increased by $621 million for the year ended December 31, 2022 compared with the prior year. The change was primarily driven by $180 million of additional
early redemptions in 2022 of our Series B Preferred Stock (excluding amounts attributable to interest and included in cash used for operating activities), and $83 million for dividends on Series A
Preferred Stock. We also saw, in 2021 upon Emergence, net proceeds of $2,522 million from the issuance of our Series A Preferred Stock and new long-term debt, partially offset by net payments of
$2,156 million related to our prior senior secured super-priority debtor-in-possession credit agreement, our pre-petition revolving credit facility, pre-petition long-term debt and payments made to
holders of the Company's pre-emergence common stock who made a cash-out election under the Plan. These increases in cash used for financing activities were partially offset by $12 million less of
repurchases of Series A Preferred Stock and Common Stock in 2022 versus 2021.

Cash Flow Summary for the year ended December 31, 2021

Cash used for operating activities increased by $335 million for 2021 versus the prior year, primarily due to a $375 million payment to Honeywell pursuant to the Plan in the current year
compared to a $6 million payment to Honeywell in the prior year. We also saw an increase in net income, net of deferred taxes and non-cash gains related to the reorganization, of $82 million. These
increases  in  cash  used  for  operating  activities  were  partially  offset  by  a  favorable  impact  from  working  capital  of  $47  million  and  $65  million  mainly  driven  by  prepayments  made  in  2020  for
directors' and officers' insurance in relation to our reorganization.

Cash used for investing activities decreased by $9 million for 2021 versus the prior year, primarily due to a decrease in Expenditures for property, plant and equipment of $8 million.

Cash provided by financing activities decreased by $391 million for 2021 versus the prior year. The change was driven by $1,301 million in proceeds from the issuance of Series A Preferred
Stock and $1,221 million in proceeds from the issuance of the new long-term debt, partially offset by $200 million of debt repayments compared to $200 million of proceeds in the prior year on the
DIP  Credit  Agreement,  $1,515  million  payments  of  the  old  long-term  debt  and  $69  million  in  payments  for  the  Cash-Out  election.  Additionally,  payments  of  our  revolving  facilities  were  $730
million lower than in prior year, we redeemed $201 million of our Series B Preferred Stock (exclusive of $10 million of the redemption attributable to interest and included in cash used for operating
activities), and repurchased $15 million of Series A Preferred Stock and $4 million of Common Stock pursuant to the share repurchase program.

Capital Expenditures

We believe our capital spending in recent years has been sufficient to maintain efficient production capacity, to implement important product and process redesigns and to expand capacity to
meet  increased  demand.  We  expect  to  maintain  a  similar  level  of  capital  expenditures  in  2023  as  compared  to  2022,  increasing  investment  in  electrification  technologies  while  offsetting  with
investment on core technologies.

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

The  preparation  of  our  Consolidated  Financial  Statements  in  accordance  with  generally  accepted  accounting  principles  is  based  on  the  selection  and  application  of  accounting  policies  that
require  us  to  make  significant  estimates  and  assumptions  about  the  effects  of  matters  that  are  inherently  uncertain.  We  consider  the  accounting  policies  discussed  below  to  be  critical  to  the
understanding of our financial statements. Actual results could differ from our estimates and assumptions, and any such differences could be material to our Consolidated Financial Statements.

Revenue Recognition — Product sales are recognized when we transfer control of the promised goods to our customer, which is based on shipping terms. Revenue is measured as the amount of

consideration we expect to receive in

46

exchange for transferring the promised goods, adjusted for any variable consideration such as price concessions or annual price adjustments as estimated at contract inception. We estimate variable
consideration at the most likely amount we will receive from customers and reduce revenues recognized accordingly. We include estimated amounts in the transaction price to the extent it is probable
that a significant reversal of cumulative revenue recognized will not occur when the uncertainty associated with the variable consideration is resolved. Our estimates of variable consideration and
determination  of  whether  to  include  estimated  amounts  in  the  transaction  price  are  based  largely  on  an  assessment  of  our  anticipated  performance  and  all  information  (historical,  current  and
forecasted) that is reasonably available to us. We adjust our estimate of revenue at the earlier of when the value of consideration we expect to receive changes or when the consideration becomes
fixed.

Contingent Liabilities — We are subject to lawsuits, investigations and claims that arise out of the conduct of our global business operations or those of previously owned entities, including
matters relating to commercial transactions, government contracts, product liability, prior acquisitions and divestitures, employee benefit plans, intellectual property, legal and environmental, health
and  safety  matters.  We  continually  assess  the  likelihood  of  any  adverse  judgments  or  outcomes  to  our  contingencies,  as  well  as  potential  amounts  or  ranges  of  probable  losses,  and  recognize  a
liability,  if  any,  for  these  contingencies  based  on  a  careful  analysis  of  each  matter  with  the  assistance  of  outside  legal  counsel  and,  if  applicable,  other  experts.  Such  analysis  includes  making
judgments concerning matters such as the costs associated with environmental matters, the outcome of negotiations, and the impact of evidentiary requirements. Because most contingencies are
resolved over long periods of time, liabilities may change in the future due to new developments (including new discovery of facts, changes in legislation and outcomes of similar cases through the
judicial system), changes in assumptions or changes in our settlement strategy. See Note 25, Commitments and Contingencies of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements for a discussion
of management’s judgment applied in the recognition and measurement of our most significant contingencies.

Warranties and Guarantees — Expected warranty costs for products sold are recognized based on an estimate of the amount that eventually will be required to settle such obligations. These
accruals are based on factors such as past experience, length of the warranty and various other considerations. Costs of product recalls, which may include the cost of the product being replaced as
well as the customer’s cost of the recall, including labor to remove and replace the recalled part, are accrued as part of our warranty accrual at the time an obligation becomes probable and can be
reasonably estimated. These estimates are adjusted from time to time based on facts and circumstances that impact the status of existing claims. See Note 25, Commitments and Contingencies of the
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements included herein for additional information.

Pension Benefits — We sponsor defined benefit pension plans covering certain employees, primarily in Switzerland, the U.S. and Ireland. The pension cost and liabilities for these plans are
developed  from  actuarial  valuations.  Inherent  in  these  valuations  are  key  assumptions  including  discount  rates,  expected  return  on  plan  assets,  mortality  rates,  and  compensation  increases.  The
Company is required to consider current market conditions, including changes in interest rates, and employee demographics such as retirement patterns, in making its assumptions. Changes in the
related pension benefit costs or liabilities may occur in the future due to changes in the assumptions.

The discount rate reflects the market rate on December 31 (the measurement date) for high-quality fixed-income investments with maturities corresponding to our pension obligations and is
subject to change each year. The discount rate can be volatile from year to year as it is determined based upon prevailing interest rates as of the measurement date. The assumptions as to the expected
long-term  rates  of  return  on  plan  assets  are  based  upon  historical  plan  asset  returns  over  varying  long-term  periods  combined  with  our  expectations  of  future  market  conditions  and  asset  mix
considerations.

We recognize net actuarial gains or losses in excess of 10% of the greater of the fair value of plan assets or the plans’ projected benefit obligation (the corridor) annually in the fourth quarter
each  year  (the  “MTM  Adjustment”).  Net  actuarial  gains  and  losses  occur  when  the  actual  experience  differs  from  any  of  the  various  assumptions  used  to  value  our  pension  plans  or  when
assumptions change. The primary factors contributing to actuarial gains and losses are changes in the discount rate used to value pension obligations as of the measurement date each year and the
difference  between  expected  and  actual  returns  on  plan  assets.  The  mark-to-market  accounting  method  results  in  the  potential  for  volatile  and  difficult  to  forecast  MTM  Adjustments  as  the
adjustments are primarily driven by events and circumstances beyond the control of the Company such as changes in interest rates and the performance of the financial markets.

Income Taxes — We account for income taxes pursuant to the asset and liability method which requires us to recognize current tax liabilities or receivables for the amount of taxes we estimate
are payable or refundable for the current year and deferred tax assets and liabilities for the expected future tax consequences attributable to temporary differences between the financial statement
carrying amounts and their respective tax bases of assets and liabilities and the expected

47

benefits  of  net  operating  loss  and  credit  carryforwards.  Deferred  tax  assets  and  liabilities  are  measured  using  enacted  tax  rates  expected  to  apply  to  taxable  income  in  the  years  in  which  those
temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in operations in the period enacted. A valuation
allowance is provided when it is more likely than not that a portion or all of a deferred tax asset will not be realized. The ultimate realization of deferred tax assets is dependent upon the generation of
future taxable income and the reversal of deferred tax liabilities during the period in which related temporary differences become deductible.

We file tax returns in multiple jurisdictions and are subject to examination by taxing authorities throughout the world. Tax authorities have the ability to review and challenge matters that could
be subject to differing interpretation of applicable tax laws and regulations as they relate to the amount, character, timing or inclusion of revenue and expenses or the sustainability of tax attributes.
The ultimate resolution of such uncertainties could last several years. When an uncertain tax position is identified, we consider and interpret complex tax laws and regulations in order to determine
the  need  for  recognizing  a  provision  in  our  financial  statements.  Significant  judgment  is  required  in  determining  the  timing  and  measurement  of  uncertain  tax  positions.  We  utilize  internal  and
external expertise in interpreting tax laws to support our tax positions. We recognize the financial statement benefit of an uncertain tax position when it is more likely than not that, based on the
underlying technical merits, the position will be sustained upon examination.

Although we believe the measurement of our liabilities for uncertain tax positions is reasonable, no assurance can be given that the final outcome of these matters will not be different than what
is reflected in the historical income tax provisions and accruals. If additional taxes are assessed as a result of an audit or litigation, they could have a material impact on our income tax provision and
net income in the period or periods for which such determination is made. A change in judgment related to the expected ultimate resolution of uncertain tax positions will be recognized in earnings in
the quarter in which such change occurs.

Other Matters

Litigation and Environmental Matters

See Note 25, Commitments and Contingencies of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements for a discussion of litigation matters.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

See Note 3, Summary of Significant Accounting Policies of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements for a discussion of recent accounting pronouncements.

Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risks

Foreign Currency Risk

We are exposed to market risks from changes in currency exchange rates. These exposures may impact future earnings and/or operating cash flows. Our exposure to market risk for changes in
foreign  currency  exchange  rates  arises  from  international  financing  activities  between  subsidiaries,  foreign  currency  denominated  monetary  assets  and  liabilities  and  transactions  arising  from
international trade.

We historically have hedged balance sheet as well as forecasted currency exposures with natural offsets to the fullest extent possible and, once these opportunities have been exhausted, through

foreign currency exchange forward contracts.

We  hedge  forecasted  currency  exposure  to  minimize  the  earnings  exposures  arising  from  foreign  currency  exchange  risk  on  foreign  currency  purchases  and  sales.  Gains  and  losses  on  the
underlying foreign currency exposures are partially offset with gains and losses on the foreign currency forward contracts. Under our cash flow hedging program, we designate the foreign currency
forward  contracts  as  cash  flow  hedges  of  underlying  foreign  currency  forecasted  purchases  and  sales,  with  gains  and  losses  on  the  qualifying  derivatives  recorded  in  Accumulated  other
comprehensive income (loss) in the Consolidated Balance Sheet until the underlying forecasted transactions are recognized in earnings. These contracts have varying terms that extend through 2023.

Effective with our entry into the Credit Agreement, the Company entered into floating-floating cross-currency swap contracts to limit its exposure to investments in certain foreign subsidiaries

exposed to foreign exchange fluctuations. The cross-currency swaps have been designated as net investment hedges of its Euro-denominated operations. Gains and losses

48

on the derivatives qualifying as net investment hedges are recorded in Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) within the Consolidated Balance Sheet until the net investment is liquidated or
sold.

As  of  December  31,  2022,  the  net  fair  value  of  all  financial  instruments  with  exposure  to  currency  risk  was  a  $92  million  asset.  The  potential  loss  or  gain  in  fair  value  for  such  financial
instruments from a hypothetical 10% adverse or favorable change in quoted currency exchange rates would be $112 million and $(139) million, respectively, at December 31, 2022 exchange rates.
The model assumes a parallel shift in currency exchange rates; however, currency exchange rates rarely move in the same direction. The assumption that currency exchange rates change in a parallel
fashion may overstate the impact of changing currency exchange rates on assets and liabilities denominated in currencies other than the U.S. dollar.

Interest Rate Risk

Our exposure to risk based on changes in interest rates relates primarily to our Credit Agreement. The Credit Agreement bears interest at floating rates. For variable rate debt, interest rate
changes generally do not affect the fair market value of such debt assuming all other factors remain constant but do impact future earnings and cash flows. Accordingly, we may be exposed to
interest rate risk on borrowings under the Credit Agreement. We manage this risk by entering into interest rate swaps to convert floating rate debt to fixed rate debt to reduce market risk associated
with changes in interest rates. As of December 31, 2022, the net fair value of all financial instruments with exposure to interest rate risk was a $76 million asset.

For  our  outstanding  borrowings  under  the  Credit  Agreement  as  of  December  31,  2022,  a  50  basis  point  increase  (decrease)  in  interest  rates  would  have  increased  (decreased)  our  interest
expense by $6 million and ($6) million, respectively, compared to the amount of interest that would have been incurred in such period based on the rates of interest in effect at December 31, 2022.
For additional information regarding our Credit Agreement, see Note 16, Long-term Debt and Credit Agreements of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

Commodity Price Risk

We are subject to changes in our cost of sales caused by movements in underlying commodity prices. Approximately 73% of our cost of sales consists of purchased components with significant
raw material content. A substantial portion of the purchased parts are made of nickel, aluminum and steel alloys. We have index-based escalators in place with most of our suppliers for raw material
inflation  /  deflation.  As  our  costs  change,  we  are  contractually  able  to  pass  through  a  portion  of  the  changes  in  commodity  prices  to  certain  of  our  customers  in  accordance  with  long-term
agreements. Where Long-term pass-through agreements are not in place with customers, we seek to negotiate additional pricing arrangements with our customers.

Assuming current levels of commodity purchases and contractually agreed customer pass-through arrangements, a 10% variation in the commodity prices would correspondingly change our

earnings by approximately $24 million per year.

49

Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Stockholders and the Board of Directors of Garrett Motion Inc.

Opinion on Internal Control over Financial Reporting

We have audited the internal control over financial reporting of Garrett Motion Inc. and subsidiaries (the "Company") as of December 31, 2022, based on criteria established in Internal Control—
Integrated  Framework  (2013)  issued  by  the  Committee  of  Sponsoring  Organizations  of  the  Treadway  Commission  (COSO).  In  our  opinion,  the  Company  maintained  in  all  material  respects,
effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2022, based on criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework (2013) issued by COSO.

We have also audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB), the consolidated financial statements as of and for the year
ended December 31, 2022, of the Company and our report dated February 14, 2023, expressed an unqualified opinion on those consolidated financial statements.

Basis for Opinion

The Company’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting,
included  in  the  accompanying  Management’s  Report  on  Internal  Control  Over  Financial  Reporting.  Our  responsibility  is  to  express  an  opinion  on  the  Company’s  internal  control  over  financial
reporting based on our audit. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB) and are required to be independent with
respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal
control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material
weakness exists, testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk, and performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the
circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

Definition and Limitations of Internal Control over Financial Reporting

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements
for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the
maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are
recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made
only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use,
or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject
to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

/s/ Deloitte SA

Geneva, Switzerland
February 14, 2023

50

 
 
To the Stockholders and the Board of Directors of Garrett Motion Inc.

Opinion on the Financial Statements

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Garrett Motion Inc. and subsidiaries (the "Company") as of December 31, 2022 and 2021, the related consolidated statements of
operations, comprehensive income (loss), equity (deficit), and cash flows, for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2022, and the related notes and the schedule listed in the Index
at Item 15 (collectively referred to as the "financial statements").

In our opinion, the financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of December 31, 2022 and 2021, and the results of its operations and its cash
flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2022, in conformity with the accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

We have also audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB), the Company's internal control over financial reporting as of
December 31, 2022, based on criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission and our
report dated February 14, 2023 expressed an unqualified opinion on the Company's internal control over financial reporting.

Basis for Opinion

These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company's financial statements based on our audits. We are a
public accounting firm registered with the PCAOB and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and
regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial
statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether
due to error or fraud, and performing procedures to respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the financial
statements.  Our  audits  also  included  evaluating  the  accounting  principles  used  and  significant  estimates  made  by  management,  as  well  as  evaluating  the  overall  presentation  of  the  financial
statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

Critical Audit Matter

The  critical  audit  matter  communicated  below  is  a  matter  arising  from  the  current-period  audit  of  the  financial  statements  that  was  communicated  or  required  to  be  communicated  to  the  audit
committee  and  that  (1)  relates  to  accounts  or  disclosures  that  are  material  to  the  financial  statements  and  (2)  involved  our  especially  challenging,  subjective,  or  complex  judgments.  The
communication  of  critical  audit  matters  does  not  alter  in  any  way  our  opinion  on  the  financial  statements,  taken  as  a  whole,  and  we  are  not,  by  communicating  the  critical  audit  matter  below,
providing a separate opinion on the critical audit matter or on the accounts or disclosures to which it relates.

Net Sales and Accrued Liabilities - Variable Consideration– Refer to Notes 3 and 15 to the Financial Statements

Critical Audit Matter Description

As disclosed in Notes 3 and 15 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company records net sales at the amount of consideration the Company expects to receive in exchange for transferring the
promised goods, which includes estimates of variable consideration to the extent it is probable that a significant reversal of revenue recognized will not occur. Variability in consideration typically
results  from  discounts  and  rebates  provided  to  customers.  The  estimated  variable  consideration  is  based  primarily  on  management’s  best  available  information  regarding  customer  negotiations,
historical

51

experience,  and  anticipated  future  customer  pricing  strategies.  Estimating  variable  consideration  to  be  received  requires  significant  judgments  by  management  that  affect  the  amount  of  revenue
recorded in the financial statements.

Given  the  significant  estimates  and  assumptions  management  makes  to  estimate  future  discounts  and  rebates,  auditing  managements  estimate  of  the  amount  related  to  variable  consideration  to
recognize as net sales required a high degree of auditor judgement.

How the Critical Audit Matter Was Addressed in the Audit

Our audit procedures related to the estimate of revenue variable considerations included the following, among others:

• We tested the effectiveness of relevant controls over the estimation of the variable consideration net sales.

• We selected a sample of revenue contracts with variable consideration and performed the following:

◦

◦

Obtained contractual documents, including master agreements and other related documents, and evaluated whether managements calculations for variable consideration were consistent
with the terms of the contracts.

Compared transaction prices to the consideration expected to be received and determined that variable consideration was completely and accurately recorded.

• We tested the accuracy of managements estimate of the variable consideration by performing the following:

◦

◦

◦

Performed an evaluation on historical information to determine management’s ability to accurately estimate sales volumes and future concessions.

Performed  inquiries  with  individuals  in  the  Company’s  finance,  operations  and  sales  departments  regarding  the  customer  negotiations  and  corroborated  the  inquiries  by  examining
supporting evidence as applicable.

Tested the mathematical accuracy of the variable consideration calculation.

•

Inspected manual revenue journal entries for unusual entries affecting revenue and examined supporting evidence.

/s/ Deloitte SA

Geneva, Switzerland
February 14, 2023

We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2018.

52

 
Net sales (Note 4)
Cost of goods sold
Gross profit
Selling, general and administrative expenses
Other expense, net (Note 5)
Interest expense
Loss on extinguishment of debt (Note 17)
Non-operating income (Note 6)
Reorganization items, net (Note 1)
Income before taxes
Tax expense (Note 7)

Net income
Less: preferred stock dividend (Note 21)

Net income available for distribution

Earnings per share (Note 24)
Basic
Diluted

Weighted average common shares outstanding
Basic
Diluted

GARRETT MOTION INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

Year Ended December 31,

2022

2021

2020

(Dollars in millions except per share amounts)

$

$

$
$

3,603  $
2,920 
683 
216 
2 
82 
5 
(121)
3 
496 
106 
390 

(157)

233  $

0.75  $
0.75  $

3,633  $
2,926 
707 
216 
1 
93 
— 
(16)
(125)
538 
43 
495 

(97)

398  $

1.69  $
1.56  $

3,034 
2,495 
539 
260 
46 
79 
— 
(38)
73 
119 
39 
80 

— 

80 

1.06 
1.05 

64,708,635 
65,075,992 

69,706,183 
317,503,300 

75,543,461 
76,100,509 

The Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements are an integral part of this statement.

53

GARRETT MOTION INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS)

Net income
Foreign exchange translation adjustment
Defined benefit pension plan adjustment, net of tax (Note 26)
Changes in fair value of effective cash flow hedges, net of tax (Note 19)
Changes in fair value of net investment hedges, net of tax (Note 19)
Total other comprehensive income (loss)

Comprehensive income (loss)

2022

Year Ended December 31,

2021

(Dollars in millions)

2020

390  $
(1)
(9)
6 
44 
40 
430  $

495  $
38 
36 
10 
41 
125 
620  $

80 
(234)
(18)
(7)
— 
(259)
(179)

$

$

The Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements are an integral part of this statement.

54

GARRETT MOTION INC.
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

December 31,

2022

2021

(Dollars in millions)

ASSETS
Current assets:

Cash and cash equivalents
Restricted cash (Note 3)
Accounts, notes and other receivables, net (Note 8)
Inventories, net (Note 10)
Other current assets (Note 11)

Total current assets

Investments and long-term receivables
Property, plant and equipment, net (Note 13)
Goodwill (Note 14)
Deferred income taxes (Note 7)
Other assets (Note 12)

Total assets

LIABILITIES
Current liabilities:

Accounts payable
Current maturities of long-term debt (Note 16)
Mandatorily redeemable Series B Preferred Stock (Note 17)
Accrued liabilities (Note 15)
Total current liabilities

Long-term debt (Note 16)
Mandatorily redeemable Series B Preferred Stock (Note 17)
Deferred income taxes (Note 7)
Other liabilities

Total liabilities

COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES (Note 25)
EQUITY (DEFICIT)
Series A Preferred Stock, par value $0.001; 245,089,671 and 245,921,617 shares issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2022 and 2021,

respectively (Note 21)

Common Stock, par value $0.001; 1,000,000,000 and 1,000,000,000 shares authorized, 64,943,238 and 64,570,950 issued and 64,832,609 and

64,570,950 outstanding as of December 31, 2022 and 2021, respectively

Additional paid-in capital
Retained deficit
Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) (Note 22)
Total deficit

Total liabilities and deficit

The Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements are an integral part of this statement.

55

$

$

$

$

$

246  $
2 
803 
270 
110 
1,431 
30 
470 
193 
232 
281 
2,637  $

1,048  $
7 
— 
320 
1,375 
1,148 
— 
25 
205 
2,753  $

— 

— 
1,333 
(1,485)
36 
(116)
2,637  $

423 
41 
747 
244 
56 
1,511 
28 
485 
193 
289 
200 
2,706 

1,006 
7 
200 
295 
1,508 
1,181 
195 
21 
269 
3,174 

— 

— 
1,326 
(1,790)
(4)
(468)
2,706 

GARRETT MOTION INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

(Dollars in millions)
Cash flows from operating activities:
Net income
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by (used for) operating activities

2022

2021

2020

Year Ended December 31,

$

390  $

495  $

Reorganization items, net
Deferred income taxes
Depreciation
Amortization of deferred issuance costs
Accretion of debt discount, net of interest payments
Loss on extinguishment of debt
Foreign exchange loss (gain)
Stock compensation expense
Pension (income) expense
Change in fair value of derivatives
Other
Changes in assets and liabilities:

Accounts, notes and other receivables

Inventories

Other assets

Accounts payable

Accrued liabilities

Obligations payable to Honeywell

Other liabilities

Net cash provided by (used for) operating activities
Cash flows from investing activities:
Expenditures for property, plant and equipment
Other
Net cash used for investing activities
Cash flows from financing activities:
Proceeds from issuance of Series A Preferred Stock
Proceeds from issuance of long-term debt, net of deferred financing costs
Proceeds from revolving credit facilities
Payments of long-term debt
Payments of revolving credit facilities
Payments for dividends
Payments for share repurchases
(Repayments) proceeds from debtor-in-possession financing
Redemption of Series B Preferred stock
Payments for Cash-Out election
Debt financing costs
Other
Net cash (used for) provided by financing activities
Effect of foreign exchange rate changes on cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash
Net (decrease) increase in cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash
Cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash at beginning of period

Cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash at end of period
Supplemental cash flow disclosures:
Income taxes paid (net of refunds)
Interest expense paid
Reorganization items paid
Supplemental schedule of non-cash investing and financing activities:
Issuance of Series B Preferred Stock
Expenditures for property, plant and equipment in accounts payable

— 
46 
84 
8 
(19)
5 
(1)
11 
(28)
(65)
1 

(102)

(48)

34 

108 

(17)

— 

(32)
375 

(91)
— 
(91)

— 
— 
— 
(7)
— 
(83)
(7)
— 
(381)
— 
(4)
— 
(482)
(18)
(216)
464 
248  $

42  $
65 
5 

— 
33 

(435)
(36)
92 
7 
19 
— 
7 
7 
(2)
1 
(11)

18 

(31)

(32)

(75)

(46)

(375)

87 
(310)

(72)
1 
(71)

1,301 
1,221 
— 
(1,517)
(370)
— 
(19)
(200)
(201)
(69)
(7)
— 
139 
13 
(229)
693 
464  $

61  $
61 
350 

577 
32 

$

$

The Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements are an integral part of this statement.

56

80 

60 
(34)
86 
7 
— 
— 
(58)
10 
15 
20 
24 

(162)

(14)

(45)

41 

(13)

6 

2 
25 

(80)
— 
(80)

— 
— 
1,449 
(2)
(1,100)
— 
— 
200 
— 
— 
(13)
(4)
530 
31 
506 
187 
693 

44 
63 
14 

— 
47 

GARRETT MOTION INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF EQUITY (DEFICIT)

Balance at December 31, 2019
Net income
Other comprehensive income, net of tax
Stock-based compensation
Tax withholding related to vesting of restricted stock units and

other

Adoption impact of ASU 2016-13, Financial Instruments - Credit

Losses

Balance at December 31, 2020
Net income
Cash-Out election
Issuance of Series A Preferred Stock
Share repurchases
Other comprehensive income, net of tax
Stock-based compensation
Balance at December 31, 2021
Net income
Share repurchases
Other comprehensive loss, net of tax
Dividends
Stock-based compensation

Balance at December 31, 2022

Series A
Preferred Stock

Common Stock

Shares

Amount

Shares

Amount

Additional 
Paid-in 
Capital

Retained 
Earnings

Other 
Comprehensive 
Income/(Loss)

Total 
Deficit

(in millions)

—  $
— 
— 
— 

— 

— 
—  $
— 
— 
248 
(2)
— 
— 
246  $
— 
— 
— 

— 
246  $

— 
— 
— 
— 

— 

— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 

— 

— 

75  $
— 
— 
1 

— 

— 
76  $
— 
(11)
— 
(1)
— 
— 
64  $
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
64  $

—  $
— 
— 
— 

— 

— 
—  $
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
—  $
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 

—  $

19  $
— 
— 
10 

(1)

— 
28  $
— 
— 
1,301 
(10)
— 
7 
1,326  $
— 
(4)
— 
— 
11 

1,333  $

(2,282) $
80 
— 
— 

130  $
— 
(259)
— 

(2,133)
80 
(259)
10 

— 

— 

(1)

(5)
(2,207) $
495 
(69)
— 
(9)
— 
— 
(1,790) $
390 
(2)
— 
(83)
— 

(1,485) $

— 
(129) $
— 
— 
— 
— 
125 
— 
(4) $
— 
— 
40 
— 
— 

36  $

(5)
(2,308)
495 
(69)
1,301 
(19)
125 
7 
(468)
390 
(6)
40 
(83)
11 

(116)

The Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements are an integral part of this statement.

57

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Note 1. Background and Basis of Presentation

Background

GARRETT MOTION INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Garrett Motion Inc. (the “Company” or “Garrett”) designs, manufactures and sells highly engineered turbocharger and electric-boosting technologies for light and commercial vehicle original
equipment  manufacturers  (“OEMs”)  and  the  global  vehicle  independent  aftermarket,  as  well  as  automotive  software  solutions.  These  OEMs  in  turn  ship  to  consumers  globally.  We  are  a  global
technology  leader  with  significant  expertise  in  delivering  products  across  gasoline,  diesel,  natural  gas  and  electric  (hybrid  and  fuel  cell)  power  trains.  These  products  are  key  enablers  for  fuel
economy and emission standards compliance.

Basis of Presentation

The accompanying Consolidated Financial Statements have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“GAAP”). All amounts

presented are in millions, except per share amounts.

We evaluate segment reporting in accordance with ASC 280, Segment Reporting. We concluded that Garrett operates in a single operating segment and a single reportable segment based on the
operating  results  available  and  evaluated  regularly  by  the  chief  operating  decision  maker  (“CODM”),  who  is  our  Chief  Executive  Officer,  to  make  decisions  about  resource  allocation  and
performance  assessment.  The  CODM  makes  operational  performance  assessments  and  resource  allocation  decisions  on  a  consolidated  basis,  inclusive  of  all  of  the  Company’s  products  across
channels and geographies.

Note 2. Plan of Reorganization

On September 20, 2020 (the "Petition Date"), the Company and certain of its subsidiaries each filed a voluntary petition for relief under Chapter 11 of title 11 of the United States Code in the
United States Bankruptcy Court for the Southern District of New York (the “Bankruptcy Court”). A Revised Amended Plan of Reorganization ("Plan") was confirmed by the Bankruptcy Court on
April 26, 2021, and the Company emerged from bankruptcy (“Emergence”) on April 30, 2021 (the "Effective Date").

The Company applied ASC 852, Reorganizations, in preparing its Consolidated Financial Statements during its Chapter 11 bankruptcy proceedings, which required the financial statements for
periods  subsequent  to  filing  for  Chapter  11  to  distinguish  transactions  and  events  that  were  directly  associated  with  the  Company's  reorganization  from  the  ongoing  operations  of  the  business.
Revenues,  expenses,  realized  gains  and  losses,  and  provisions  for  losses  directly  resulting  from  the  reorganization  and  restructuring  were  reported  separately  as  Reorganization  items,  net  in  the
Consolidated Statements of Operations. Upon Emergence, the Company did not meet the requirements under ASC 852 for fresh start accounting and in accordance with ASC 852, a new reporting
entity was not created for accounting purposes.

On the Effective Date, pursuant to the Plan:

• All shares of the common stock of the Company outstanding prior to the Effective Date (the “Old Common Stock”) were cancelled;

• The Company paid $69 million to holders of Old Common Stock who had made the cash-out election under the Plan (the “Cash-Out Election”) in consideration of the cancellation of the

common stock held by such holders;

The Company issued 65,035,801 shares of its new common stock ("Common Stock") to the holders of Old Common Stock who had not made the Cash-Out Election under the Plan;

The Company issued 247,768,962 shares of Series A Preferred Stock to the parties to the Plan Support Agreement, the Equity Backstop Commitment Agreement (as both defined in the
Plan) and participants in the rights offering by the Company for aggregate consideration of $1,301 million;

The Company issued 834,800,000 shares of Series B Preferred Stock to Honeywell International Inc. (“Honeywell”) in satisfaction and discharge of certain claims of Honeywell;

•

•

•

58

 
 
 
•

•

•

•

•

The Company also paid $375 million to Honeywell in addition to the issuance of the Series B Preferred Stock in satisfaction and discharge of certain claims of Honeywell;

The Company paid in full $101 million of interest and principal outstanding on, and terminated, the Senior Secured Super-Priority Debtor-in-Possession Credit Agreement (the “DIP Credit
Agreement”);

The Company repaid, and terminated, its pre-petition credit agreement including:

• Outstanding principal balance, accrued pre-petition and default interest on its five-year term A loan facility of $307 million;

• Outstanding principal balance, accrued pre-petition and default interest of (i) $374 million with respect to the EUR tranche and (ii) $422 million with respect to the USD tranche,

on its seven-year term B loan facility;

• Outstanding principal balance and accrued interest of $374 million on its revolving credit facility; and

• Accrued pre-petition hedge obligations of $20 million.

The Company repaid the outstanding principal balance on its senior subordinated notes of €350 million, or $423 million. The Company also paid accrued pre-petition interest of $10 million,
post-petition interest of $13 million, and $15 million in connection with a complaint in the Bankruptcy Court against the indenture trustee of the 5.125% senior notes due 2026 (the "Make-
Whole Litigation").

The Company entered into certain secured debt facilities, see Note 16, Long-term Debt and Credit Agreements for discussion.

The  Company  further  paid  $75  million  in  connection  with  the  reimbursement  of  Centerbridge  Partners,  L.P.  (together  with  its  affiliated  funds,  “Centerbridge”)  and  Oaktree  Capital
Management, L.P. (together with its affiliated funds, “Oaktree”), who are significant shareholders, and Honeywell for professional fees and expenses related to their support of our emergence from
Chapter 11 bankruptcy, as well as reimbursement to Centerbridge and Oaktree for their participation in the Equity Backstop Commitment Agreement.

Reorganization items, net represent amounts incurred after the Petition Date as a direct result of the Chapter 11 Cases and are comprised of the following for the years ended December 31, 2022

and 2021:

Gain on settlement of Honeywell claims

(1)

Advisor fees
Bid termination and expense reimbursement
Director's and officers insurance
Expenses related to senior notes
Write off of pre-petition debt issuance cost
Employee stock cash out
DIP financing fees
Other
Total reorganization items, net

(2)

Year Ended December 31,

2022

2021

(Dollars in millions)

$

— 
1 
— 
—  $— 
—  $— 
—  $— 
—  $— 
—  $— 
2  $— 
3  $ 2  $

(502)
174 
79 
39 
28 
25 
13 
1 
18 

(125)

$

$

(1) The  gain  on  settlement  of  Honeywell  claims  of  $502  million  is  comprised  of  the  pre-emergence  Honeywell  claims  of  $1,459  million,  less  a  $375  million  payment  made  to  Honeywell

pursuant to the Plan, less the Series B Preferred Stock issued to Honeywell, which was recorded at $577 million, less a currency translation adjustment of $5 million.

(2) Includes $15 million in connection with Make-Whole Litigation and $13 million related to post-petition interest.

59

Note 3. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Use of Estimates

The preparation of the Consolidated Financial Statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and
liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could
differ from those estimates. Estimates and assumptions are periodically reviewed and the effects of changes are reflected in the Consolidated Financial Statements in the period they are determined to
be necessary.

Principles of Consolidation and Combination

The Consolidated Financial Statements include the accounts of Garrett Motion Inc. and all of its subsidiaries in which a controlling financial interest is maintained. We consolidate entities that
we control due to ownership of a majority voting interest, and we consolidate variable interest entities when we have variable interests and are the primary beneficiary. Our consolidation policy
requires equity investments that we exercise significant influence over but in which we do not have a controlling financial interest to be accounted for using the equity method. Investments through
which  we  are  not  able  to  exercise  significant  influence  over  the  investee  and  which  we  do  not  have  readily  determinable  fair  values  are  accounted  for  under  the  cost  method.  All  intercompany
transactions and balances are eliminated in consolidation.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents include cash on hand and highly liquid investments having an original maturity of three months or less.

Restricted Cash

Restricted cash primarily consists of bank deposits pledged as collateral to issue bank notes (refer to Note 9, Factoring and Notes Receivable).

Trade Receivables and Allowance for Doubtful Accounts

Trade accounts receivable are recorded at the invoiced amount as a result of transactions with customers. In accordance with ASC 326, Financial Instruments - Credit Losses, the Company
maintains allowances for doubtful accounts for losses as a result of a customer’s inability to make required payments, estimated based on the expected credit losses over the contractual life of the
receivables based on days past due as measured from the contractual due date and collection history. The Company also takes into consideration changes in economic conditions that may not be
reflected in historical trends (for example, customers in bankruptcy, liquidation or reorganization). Receivables are written-off against the allowance for doubtful accounts when they are determined
uncollectible. Such determination includes analysis and consideration of the particular conditions of the account, including time intervals since last collection, customer performance against agreed
upon payment plans, solvency of customer and any bankruptcy proceedings.

Transfer of Financial Instruments

Sales and transfers of financial instruments are accounted for under ASC 860, Transfers and Servicing. The Company may discount and sell accounts receivables during the normal course of
business. These receivables which are transferred to a third party without recourse to the Company and that meet the criteria of sales accounting as per ASC 860, are excluded from the amounts
reported in the Consolidated Balance Sheets. The cash proceeds received from such sales are included in operating cash flows. The expenses associated with the factoring of receivables are recorded
within Other expense, net in the Consolidated Statements of Operations.

The Company may also receive bank notes in settlement of accounts receivables, primarily in the Asia Pacific region. Such bank notes are classified as notes receivables under Accounts, notes
and other receivables – net in the Consolidated Balance Sheets. The collections of such bank notes are included in operating cash flows and any expenses related to discounting these are included
within Other expense, net in the Consolidated Statements of Operations. The Company can hold the bank notes until maturity, exchange them with suppliers to settle liabilities, or sell them to third
party financial institutions in exchange for cash.

60

Inventories

Inventories are stated at the lower of cost, determined on a first-in, first-out basis, including direct material costs and direct and indirect manufacturing costs, or net realizable value. Obsolete
inventory is identified based on analysis of inventory for known obsolescence issues. The original equipment inventory on hand in excess of forecasted usage and lack of consumption in the previous
12 months is fully reserved, unless the value of such material is recoverable from either the vendor or the customer.

Property, Plant and Equipment, Net

Property, plant and equipment are recorded at cost less accumulated depreciation and amortization. Depreciation is calculated using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives
assets, which are 10 to 50 years for buildings and improvements, 2 to 16 years for machinery and equipment, 3 to 10 years for tooling equipment, and 5 to 7 years for software. Maintenance and
repairs are expensed as incurred.

Impairment testing of long lived assets is completed by the Company in accordance with ASC 360, Property, Plant and Equipment. The testing is completed when a triggering event occurs, or
at least on an annual basis to assess if any impairment triggering events existed during the year. If a triggering event is occurs or is identified, the impairment testing is completed using the two-step
impairment model. Asset classes are identified and tested for recoverability by comparing the net carrying value of the asset group to the undiscounted net cash flows to be generated from the use
and  eventual  disposition  of  that  asset  group.  If  the  carrying  amount  of  an  asset  group  is  not  recoverable,  an  impairment  loss  is  recognized  if  the  carrying  amount  exceeds  the  fair  value.  The
impairment analysis was completed in 2022 with no triggering events identified.

Leases

Right-of-use  (“ROU”)  assets  represent  our  right  to  use  an  underlying  asset  for  the  lease  term  and  lease  liabilities  represent  our  obligation  to  make  lease  payments  arising  from  the  lease.
Operating lease ROU assets and liabilities are recognized at the commencement date of a lease (the “commencement date”) based on the present value of lease payments over the lease term. We
determine if an arrangement is a lease at inception. Operating leases are included in Other assets, Accrued liabilities, and Other liabilities in our Consolidated Balance Sheets. No finance leases have
been recognized. As most of our leases do not provide an implicit rate, we use our incremental borrowing rate based on the information available at commencement date in determining the present
value of lease payments. We use the implicit rate when readily determinable. The operating lease ROU asset also includes any lease payments made and excludes lease incentives. Our lease terms
may include options to extend or terminate the lease where it is reasonably certain that we will exercise that option. Lease expense for lease payments is recognized on a straight-line basis over the
lease term. Variable lease payments are expensed in the period in which they occur. We have lease agreements with lease and non-lease components, which are generally accounted for separately.
For machinery and equipment, we account for the lease and non-lease components as a single lease component. We account for short-term leases by recognizing lease payments in net income on a
straight-line basis over the lease term and will not recognize any ROU assets and lease liabilities on the Consolidated Balance Sheet.

Goodwill

Goodwill is subject to impairment testing annually, and whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount may not be fully recoverable. This testing compares
carrying value to fair value of our single reporting unit. The Company recognizes an impairment charge for the amount by which the carrying value of the reporting unit exceeds the reporting unit´s
fair value. However, any impairment should not exceed the amount of goodwill allocated to the reporting unit. Because we have a single reporting unit with a negative carrying value, no impairment
was recognized.

Warranties and Guarantees

Expected warranty costs for products sold are recognized based on an estimate of the amount that eventually will be required to settle such obligations. These accruals are based on factors such
as past experience, length of the warranty and various other considerations. Costs of product recalls, which may include the cost of the product being replaced as well as the customer’s cost of the
recall,  including  labor  to  remove  and  replace  the  recalled  part,  are  accrued  as  part  of  our  warranty  accrual  at  the  time  an  obligation  becomes  probable  and  can  be  reasonably  estimated.  These
estimates are adjusted from time to time based on facts and circumstances that impact the status of existing claims. For additional information, see Note 25, Commitments and Contingencies.

61

Sales Recognition

Product sales are recognized when we transfer control of the promised goods to our customer, which is based on shipping terms. Revenue is measured as the amount of consideration we expect
to receive in exchange for transferring the promised goods, adjusted for any variable consideration such as price concessions or annual price adjustments as estimated at contract inception. Amounts
billed but ultimately expected to be refunded to the customer are recorded as part of the customer pricing reserve within Accrued liabilities on the Consolidated Balance Sheet.

In the sale of products in the OEM channel, the transaction price for these goods is generally equal to the agreed price of each unit and represents the standalone selling price for the unit. In the

sale of products in the aftermarket channel, the terms of a contract or the historical business practice can give rise to variable consideration due to, but not limited to, discounts and rebates.

We estimate variable consideration at the most likely amount we will receive from customers and reduce revenues recognized accordingly. We include estimated amounts in the transaction
price to the extent it is probable that a significant reversal of cumulative revenue recognized will not occur when the uncertainty associated with the variable consideration is resolved. Our estimates
of variable consideration and determination of whether to include estimated amounts in the transaction price are based largely on an assessment of our anticipated performance and all information
(historical, current and forecasted) that is reasonably available to us. We adjust our estimate of revenue at the earlier of when the value of consideration we expect to receive changes or when the
consideration becomes fixed.

Research and Development

Garrett conducts research and development (“R&D”) activities, which consist primarily of the development of new products and product applications. R&D costs are charged to expense as
incurred. Such costs are included in Cost of goods sold and were $153 million, $136 million and $111 million, for the years ended December 31, 2022, 2021 and 2020, respectively. Additionally, the
Company incurs engineering-related expenses which are also included in Cost of goods sold and were $11 million, $22 million and $13 million for the years ended December 31, 2022, 2021 and
2020, respectively.

Government Incentives

The Company receives incentives from governmental entities related to expenses, assets, and other activities. The associated terms of the incentives can vary by country. Government incentives
are recorded in the financial statements in accordance with their purpose as a reduction of expense, a reduction of asset cost or other operating or non-operating income. Incentives are recognized
when there is probable assurance that the Company will comply with the conditions for the incentives and a reasonable expectation that the funds will be received. Government incentives received
prior  to  being  earned  are  recognized  as  deferred  income  whereas  incentives  earned  prior  to  being  received  are  recognized  as  receivables.  The  Company  recognized  government  incentives  of
$25 million in Cost of goods sold for the year ended December 31, 2022.

Environmental Matters

The Company records liabilities for environmental assessments and remediation activities in the period in which it is probable that a liability has been incurred and the amount of that liability
can be reasonably estimated. Estimated costs are recorded at undiscounted amounts, based on experience and assessments and are regularly evaluated. To the extent that the required remediation
procedures  change,  or  additional  contamination  is  identified,  the  Company’s  estimated  environmental  liabilities  may  also  change.  The  liabilities  are  recorded  in  Accrued  liabilities  and  Other
liabilities in the Consolidated Balance Sheet.

Stock-Based Compensation

The principal awards issued under our stock-based compensation plans, which are described in Note 23, Stock-Based Compensation, are performance stock units and restricted stock units. The
cost for such awards is measured at the grant date based on the fair value of the award. The value of the portion of the award that is ultimately expected to vest is recognized as expense over the
requisite service periods (generally the vesting period of the equity award) and is included in Selling, general and administrative expenses in the Consolidated Statements of Operations.

62

Pension Benefits

We sponsor defined benefit pension plans covering certain employees, primarily in Switzerland, the U.S. and Ireland. For such plans, we are required to disaggregate the service cost component
of net benefit costs and report those costs in the same line item or items in the Consolidated Statements of Operations as other compensation costs arising from services rendered by the pertinent
employees during the period. The other non service components of net benefit costs are required to be presented separately from the service cost component. We record the service cost component of
Pension ongoing (income) expense in Cost of goods sold or Selling, general and administrative expenses. The remaining components of net benefit costs within Pension ongoing (income) expense,
primarily interest costs and assumed return on plan assets, are recorded in Non-operating expense (income). We recognize net actuarial gains or losses in excess of 10% of the greater of the fair value
of plan assets or the plans’ projected benefit obligation (the corridor) annually in the fourth quarter each year (“MTM Adjustment”). The MTM Adjustment is recorded in Non-operating (income)
expense.

Foreign Currency Translation

Assets and liabilities of subsidiaries operating outside the United States with a functional currency other than U.S. Dollars are translated into U.S. Dollars using year-end exchange rates. Sales,
costs  and  expenses  are  translated  at  the  average  exchange  rates  in  effect  during  the  year.  Foreign  currency  translation  gains  and  losses  are  included  as  a  component  of  Accumulated  other
comprehensive income (loss).

Derivative Financial Instruments

We minimize our risks from foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations through our normal operating and financing activities and, when deemed appropriate through the use of derivative
financial instruments. Derivative financial instruments are used to manage risk and are not used for trading or other speculative purposes. Derivative financial instruments that qualify for hedge
accounting must be designated and effective as a hedge of the identified risk exposure at the inception of the contract. Accordingly, changes in fair value of the derivative contract must be highly
correlated with changes in fair value of the underlying hedged item at inception of the hedge and over the life of the hedge contract.

All derivatives are recorded on the balance sheet as assets or liabilities and measured at fair value. For derivatives designated as cash flow hedges, the effective portion of the changes in fair
value  of  the  derivatives  are  recorded  in  Accumulated  other  comprehensive  income  (loss)  and  subsequently  recognized  in  earnings  when  the  hedged  items  impact  earnings.  Cash  flows  of  such
derivative financial instruments are classified consistent with the underlying hedged item. For derivatives designated as net investment hedges, provided the hedging relationship is highly effective,
the changes in fair value of the derivatives and the periodic settlements are recorded in Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss).

Income Taxes

We account for income taxes pursuant to the asset and liability method which requires us to recognize current tax liabilities or receivables for the amount of taxes we estimate are payable or
refundable for the current year and deferred tax assets and liabilities for the expected future tax consequences attributable to temporary differences between the financial statement carrying amounts
and their respective tax bases of assets and liabilities and the expected benefits of net operating loss and credit carryforwards. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates
expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates
is recognized in operations in the period enacted. A valuation allowance is provided when it is more likely than not that a portion or all of a deferred tax asset will not be realized. The ultimate
realization of deferred tax assets is dependent upon the generation of future taxable income and the reversal of deferred tax liabilities during the period in which related temporary differences become
deductible.

Earnings per share

Basic earnings per share are calculated using the two-class method, pursuant to the issuance of our Series A Preferred Stock on the Effective Date. The calculation of basic earnings per share
requires an allocation of earnings to all securities that participate in dividends with common shares, such as our Series A Preferred Stock, to the extent that each security may share in the entity’s
earnings. Basic earnings per share are calculated by dividing undistributed earnings allocated to common stock by the weighted average number of common shares.

Diluted earnings per share for the years ended December 31, 2022 and 2021 are calculated using the more dilutive of the two-class or if-converted methods. The two-class method uses net

income available to common shareholders and assumes conversion of all potential shares other than the participating securities. The if-converted method uses net income

63

 
and assumes conversion of all potential shares including the participating securities. Diluted earnings per share for the year ended December 31, 2020 are computed based upon the weighted average
number  of  common  shares  and  dilutive  potential  common  share  equivalents  outstanding  during  the  year,  whereby  common  share  equivalents  from  equity-based  awards  are  calculated  using  the
treasury stock method. See Note 24, Earnings Per Share for further details.

Related Party Transactions

We lease certain facilities and receive property maintenance services from Honeywell, which as of Emergence was the owner of our Series B Preferred Stock that has since been fully redeemed
by the Company, is a holder of our common stock and Series A Preferred Stock, and appoints a director to the Board of Directors ("the Board"). We also contract with Honeywell for the occasional
purchase of certain goods and services. Lease and service agreements were made at commercial terms prevalent in the market at the time they were executed. Our payments under the agreements
with Honeywell amounted to $9 million for the year ended December 31, 2022, as well as for the period from Emergence through December 31, 2021, and were included in Cost of goods sold, and
Selling, general and administrative expenses, in our Consolidated Statements of Operations. Related to the agreements with Honeywell, our Consolidated Balance Sheet includes liabilities of $10
million and $15 million as of December 31, 2022 and 2021, respectively. Liability balances are primarily related to lease contracts of $7 million and $12 million as of December 31, 2022 and 2021,
respectively.

Series A Preferred Stock

Our Series A Preferred Stock is not a mandatorily redeemable financial instrument and is classified as permanent equity in our Consolidated Balance Sheets. The Series A Preferred Stock
contains  a  conversion  feature  which  is  not  required  to  be  bifurcated,  is  not  a  derivative,  and  does  not  contain  a  beneficial  conversion  feature.  It  is  considered  a  participating  security  with  the
Company’s Common Stock as holders of the Series A Preferred Stock will also be entitled to such dividends paid to holders of Common Stock to the same extent as if such holders of Series A
Preferred Stock had converted their shares of Series A Preferred Stock into Common Stock (without regard to any limitations on conversions) and had held such shares of Common Stock on the
record date for such dividends and distributions. See Note 21, Equity for further details.

We declared dividends on the Series A Preferred Stock for the first time in September 2022 and again in December 2022. The dividends are recorded in the financial statements when declared,

and are reflected as an increase in the retained deficit on the Consolidated Balance Sheet.

Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements

Recently Adopted Accounting Standards

In  November  2021,  the  FASB  issued  ASU  2021-10,  Government  Assistance  (Topic  832):  Disclosures  by  Business  Entities  about  Government  Assistance.  The  amendments  in  this  update
increase  the  transparency  surrounding  government  assistance  by  requiring  disclosure  of  1)  the  types  of  assistance  received,  2)  an  entity’s  accounting  for  the  assistance,  and  3)  the  effect  of  the
assistance on the entity’s financial statements. The Company adopted the new guidance prospectively as of January 1, 2022.

Accounting Standards Issued But Not Yet Adopted

In  September  2022,  the  FASB  issued  ASU  2022-04,  Disclosure  of  Supplier  Finance  Program  Obligations  (Topic  405-50):  Disclosure  of  Supplier  Finance  Purchase  Obligations.  The
amendment in this update requires companies to disclose key terms of supplier financing programs used in connection with the purchase of goods and services, along with information about their
obligations under these programs including a rollforward of those obligations. The guidance is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2022 on a retrospective basis, including interim
periods within those fiscal years, except for the requirement to disclose rollforward information, which is effective on a prospective basis for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2023. Early
adoption is permitted. The Company is currently evaluating the guidance to determine the impact on its disclosures.

There are no other recently issued, but not yet adopted, accounting pronouncements which are expected to have a material impact on the Company’s Consolidated Financial Statements and

related disclosures.

64

 
 
Note 4. Revenue Recognition and Contracts with Customers

The Company generates revenue through the sale of products to customers in the OEM and aftermarket channels. OEM and aftermarket contracts generally include scheduling agreements that

stipulate the pricing and delivery terms that identify the quantity and timing of the product to be transferred.

Disaggregated Revenue

For  Net  sales  by  region  (determined  based  on  country  of  shipment)  and  channel,  refer  to  Note  27,  Concentrations.  We  recognize  virtually  all  of  our  revenues  arising  from  performance

obligations at a point in time. Less than 1% of our revenue is satisfied over time.

Contract Balances

The timing of revenue recognition, billings and cash collections results in unbilled receivables (contract assets) and billed accounts receivable, reported in Accounts, notes and other receivables
– net, and customer advances and deposits (contract liabilities), reported in Accrued Liabilities, on the Consolidated Balance Sheets. Contract assets arise when the timing of billing to customers
differs  from  the  timing  of  revenue  recognition.  Contract  assets  are  recognized  when  the  revenue  associated  with  the  contract  is  recognized  prior  to  billing  and  derecognized  once  invoiced  in
accordance with the terms of the contract. Contract liabilities are recorded in scenarios where we enter into arrangements where customers are contractually obligated to remit cash payments in
advance of us satisfying performance obligations and recognizing revenue. Contract liabilities are generally derecognized when revenue is recognized.

These assets and liabilities are reported on the Consolidated Balance Sheets on a contract-by-contract basis at the end of each reporting period.

The following table summarizes our contract assets and liabilities balances:

Contract assets—January 1
Contract assets—December 31,

Change in contract assets—Increase/(Decrease)

Contract liabilities—January 1
Contract liabilities—December 31,

Change in contract liabilities—(Increase)/Decrease

Performance Obligations

2022

2021

(Dollars in millions)
63  $
46 

(17) $

(5) $
(8)

(3) $

61 
63 

2 

(2)
(5)

(3)

$

$

$

$

A performance obligation is a promise in a contract to transfer a distinct good or service to the customer and is defined as the unit of account. A contract’s transaction price is allocated to each
distinct  performance  obligation  and  recognized  as  revenue  when,  or  as,  the  performance  obligation  is  satisfied.  For  product  sales,  typically  each  product  sold  to  a  customer  represents  a  distinct
performance obligation.

Performance  obligations  are  supported  by  contracts  with  customers,  providing  a  framework  for  the  nature  of  the  distinct  goods,  services  or  bundle  of  goods  and  services.  The  timing  of
satisfying the performance obligation is typically indicated by the terms of the contract. All performance obligations are expected to be satisfied within one year, with substantially all performance
obligations being satisfied within a month.

The  timing  of  satisfaction  of  our  performance  obligations  does  not  significantly  vary  from  the  typical  timing  of  payment,  with  cash  advances  (contract  liabilities)  and  unbilled  receivables

(contract assets) being settled within 3 months. For some contracts, we may be entitled to receive an advance payment.

We have applied the practical expedient to not disclose the value of remaining performance obligations for contracts with an original expected term of one year or less.

65

Note 5. Other Expense, Net

Indemnification related — post Spin-Off
Indemnification related — litigation
Environmental remediation, non-active sites
Factoring and notes receivables discount fees

Note 6. Non-operating (income) expense

Equity income of affiliated companies
Interest income
Pension (income) expense — non service
Foreign exchange
Others, net

Note 7. Income Taxes

2022

2022

Year Ended December 31,

2021

(Dollars in millions)

—  $
— 
— 
1 
1  $

Year Ended December 31,

2021

(Dollars in millions)

(7) $
(11)
(13)
14 
1 
(16) $

—  $
— 
— 
2 
2  $

(7) $

(76)
(37)
3 
(4)
(121) $

$

$

$

$

2020

2020

The sources of income (loss) from continuing operations, before income taxes, classified between domestic entities and those entities domiciled outside of the U.S., are as follows:

Domestic entities
Entities outside the U.S.

Tax expense (benefit)

Tax expense (benefit) consists of:

66

2022

Years Ended December 31,

2021

(Dollars in millions)

2020

$

$

7  $

489 
496  $

242  $
296 
538  $

41 
3 
1 
1 
46 

(5)
(3)
5 
(35)
— 
(38)

(87)
206 
119 

Current:

Federal
State
Foreign

Deferred:
Federal
State
Foreign

The U.S. federal statutory income tax rate is reconciled to our effective income tax rate as follows:

U.S. federal statutory income tax rate
Taxes on non-U.S. earnings different from U.S. tax
Reserves for tax contingencies
Non-deductible and permanent items
Withholding and other taxes on foreign earnings
Tax law changes
Changes in valuation allowance
All other items

2022

Years Ended December 31,

2021

(Dollars in millions)

2020

$

$

$

$
$

9  $
1 
50 
60  $

9  $

— 
37 
46  $
106  $

(1) $
— 
80 
79  $

(9) $
(2)
(25)
(36) $
43  $

2022

Years Ended December 31,

2021

(Dollars in millions)

2020

21.0 %
(3.4)%
(0.4)%
0.7 %
3.9 %
0.1 %
(0.6)%
0.1 %
21.4 %

21.0 %
(7.6)%
3.7 %
(14.4)%
5.7 %
— %
(0.3)%
(0.2)%
7.9 %

3 
1 
69 
73 

— 
— 
(34)
(34)
39 

21.0 %
(6.5)%
15.9 %
7.1 %
(14.7)%
— %
10.5 %
(0.5)%
32.8 %

The effective tax rate increased by 13.5 percentage points in 2022 compared to 2021. The increase was primarily attributable to the nontaxable gain on the settlement of the Honeywell claims
(partially offset by non-deductible transaction costs) and increased tax benefits from an internal restructuring, both of which occurred in 2021 and are non-recurring. This increase was partially offset
by tax benefits in the current year due to release of reserves for statute of limitation expirations.

The effective tax rate decreased by 24.9 percentage points in 2021 compared to 2020. The decrease was primarily attributable to the nontaxable gain on the settlement of the Honeywell claims
during the year, increased tax benefits from an internal restructuring and fewer losses in jurisdictions that we do not expect to benefit from such losses; partially offset by increases in withholding
taxes  on  unrepatriated  earnings.  The  internal  restructuring  occurred  predominantly  in  the  fourth  quarter  of  2021  which  involved  transfers  of  certain  rights  to  intellectual  property  and  various
intercompany  financing  arrangements  resulting  in  an  approximate  11  percentage  point  decrease  to  the  effective  tax  rate  during  2021.  The  overall  increase  in  earnings  from  2020  was  also  a
contributing factor to a lower effective tax rate because the tax impacts as a percentage to earnings is less sensitive.

Deferred tax assets (liabilities)

The tax effects of temporary differences and tax carryforwards which give rise to future income tax benefits and payables are as follows:

67

 
Deferred tax assets:
Intangibles and fixed assets
Pension
Accruals and reserves
Net operating losses and other tax attribute carryforwards
Outside basis differences
Other
Total deferred tax assets
Valuation allowance

Net deferred tax assets
Deferred tax liabilities:
Outside basis differences
Other
Total deferred tax liabilities

Net deferred tax asset

As of December 31, 2022, the Company had net operating loss carryforwards of $85 million with the majority in the below jurisdictions:

Jurisdiction

Brazil
Luxembourg
United Kingdom
Other

December 31,

2022

2021

(Dollars in millions)

$

$

$

$

173  $
4 
33 
31 
11 
34 
286 
(31)
255  $

(5) $

(43)
(48)
207  $

Net Operating
Loss
Carryforwards

(Dollars in millions)

Expiration
Period

Indefinite
2038
Indefinite
Various

$

$

219 
7 
39 
37 
11 
30 
343 
(32)
311 

(19)
(24)
(43)
268 

50 
20 
6 
9 
85 

We maintain a valuation allowance of $31 million against a portion of total deferred tax assets. In the event we determine that we will not be able to realize our net deferred tax assets in the
future, we will reduce such amounts through an increase to tax expense in the period such determination is made. Conversely, if we determine that we will be able to realize net deferred tax assets in
excess of the carrying amounts, we will decrease the recorded valuation allowance through a reduction to tax expense in the period that such determination is made. Our balance sheets present a
deferred tax asset of $232 million and a deferred tax liability of $25 million after considering jurisdictional netting.

Historically, the Company has not made the assertion to permanently reinvest its undistributed earnings. In the second quarter of 2022, we changed our assertion to permanently reinvest a
portion (approximately $300 million) of our undistributed foreign earnings for China specific to the entity’s investment in intellectual property. For the portion of undistributed earnings that are not
permanently reinvested, Garrett has recorded a deferred tax liability mainly consisting of withholding taxes of approximately $13 million as of December 31, 2022.

The following table summarizes the activity related to the Company’s uncertain tax positions (excluding interest and penalties and related tax attributes):

68

 
 
 
 
Change in unrecognized tax benefits:
Balance at beginning of year

Gross increases related to current period tax positions
Gross increases related to prior periods tax positions
Gross decreases related to prior periods tax positions
Decrease related to resolutions of audits with tax authorities
Expiration of the statute of limitations for the assessment of taxes
Foreign currency translation

Balance at end of year

2022

December 31,

2021

(Dollars in millions)

2020

$

$

80 
4 
5 
— 
— 
(14) — 
(4)
71 

$

$

60  $
13 
31 
(21)
— 
(1)
(2)
80  $

54 
8 
6 
— 
(7)
(2)
1 
60 

As  of  December  31,  2022,  2021,  and  2020  there  were  $71  million,  $80  million,  and  $60  million,  respectively,  of  unrecognized  tax  benefits  that,  if  recognized,  would  be  recorded  as  a
component of tax expense. The amount of unrecognized tax benefits that is reasonably possible to be resolved in the next twelve months is expected to be approximately $12 million, all of which, if
recognized, would reduce tax expense and the effective tax rate.

Estimated interest and penalties related to uncertain tax benefits are classified as a component of tax expense in the Consolidated and Combined Statements of Operations and totaled $2 million
of expense, $3 million of benefit and $5 million of expense for the years ended December 31, 2022, 2021, and 2020, respectively. Accrued interest and penalties were $29 million, $26 million, and
$29 million, as of December 31, 2022, 2021, and 2020, respectively.

We are currently under audit in multiple jurisdictions primarily India for tax years 2020 through 2022 and U.S. for tax years 2018 and 2019. Based on the outcome of these examinations, or as a
result of the expiration of statutes of limitations for specific jurisdictions, it is possible that certain unrecognized tax benefits for tax positions taken on previously filed tax returns will materially
change from those recorded as liabilities in our financial statements.

Note 8. Accounts, Notes and Other Receivables—Net

Trade receivables
Notes receivables
Other receivables

Less — Allowance for expected credit losses

December 31,

2022

2021

(Dollars in millions)

$

$

$

619  $
105 
88 
812  $
(9)
803  $

553 
121 
78 
752 
(5)
747 

Trade receivables include $46 million and $63 million of unbilled balances as of December 31, 2022 and 2021, respectively.

Note 9. Factoring and Notes Receivable

The Company enters into arrangements with financial institutions to sell eligible trade receivables. The receivables are sold without recourse and the Company accounts for these arrangements
as true sales. The Company also receives guaranteed bank notes without recourse, in settlement of accounts receivables, primarily in the Asia Pacific region. The Company can hold the bank notes
until maturity, exchange them with suppliers to settle liabilities, or sell them to third-party financial institutions in exchange for cash. Bank notes sold to third-party financial institutions without
recourse are likewise accounted for as true sales.

69

Eligible receivables sold without recourse
Guaranteed bank notes sold without recourse

2022

$

Year Ended December 31,

2021

(Dollars in millions)

2020

$

664
102

$

566
—

473
160

The expenses related to the sale of trade receivables and guaranteed bank notes are recognized within Other expense, net in the consolidated statements of operations, and were $2 million, $1

million and $1 million for the years ended December 31, 2022, 2021 and 2020, respective.

Receivables sold but not yet collected by the bank from the customer
Guaranteed bank notes sold but not yet collected by the bank from the customer

December 31,

2022

2021

$

(Dollars in millions)
5  $

— 

26 
— 

As of December 31, 2022 the Company has no guaranteed bank notes pledged as collateral and as of December 31, 2021 and 2020, the Company has pledged as collateral $5 million and $18
million,  respectively,  of  guaranteed  bank  notes,  which  have  not  been  sold  in  order  to  be  able  to  issue  bank  notes  as  payment  to  certain  suppliers.  Such  pledged  amounts  are  included  as  Notes
receivable in our Consolidated Balance Sheet.

Note 10. Inventories—Net

Raw materials
Work in process
Finished products

Less — Reserves

Note 11. Other Current Assets

Prepaid expenses
Taxes receivable
Advanced discounts to customers, current
Customer reimbursable engineering
Foreign exchange forward contracts
Receivable from transfer agent

(1)

________________________________

December 31,

2022

2021

(Dollars in millions)

203  $
18 
80 
301  $
(31)
270  $

December 31,

2022

2021

(Dollars in millions)
16  $
12 
12 
1 
27 
42 
110  $

162 
19 
92 
273 
(29)
244 

13 
15 
11 
5 
12 
— 
56 

$

$

$

$

$

(1)    Receivable from transfer agent includes the Series A Preferred Stock dividend that was paid to the transfer agent in December 2022, and settled with shareholders on January 3, 2023. Refer

to Note 21, Equity.

70

Note 12. Other Assets

Advanced discounts to customers, non-current
Operating right-of-use assets (Note 18)
Income tax receivable
Pension and other employee related
Designated cross-currency swap
Designated and undesignated derivatives
Other

Note 13. Property, Plant and Equipment, Net

Land and improvements
Buildings and improvements
Machinery and equipment
Tooling
Software
Construction in progress
Others

Less — Accumulated depreciation and amortization

December 31,

2022

2021

(Dollars in millions)
51  $
44 
22 
4 
74 
76 
10 
281  $

December 31,

2022

2021

(Dollars in millions)
15  $
144 
696 
400 
76 
97 
25 
1,453 
(983)
470  $

61 
51 
27 
15 
30 
7 
9 
200 

16 
149 
711 
393 
72 
87 
26 
1,454 
(969)
485 

$

$

$

$

Depreciation and amortization expense amounted to $84 million, $92 million and $86 million for the years ended December 31, 2022, 2021 and 2020, respectively.

Note 14. Goodwill

There were no changes to the carrying amount of goodwill for the years ended December 31, 2022 and 2021:

Goodwill

December 31,
2022

December 31,
2021

$

(Dollars in millions)

193  $

193 

71

 
 
Note 15. Accrued Liabilities

Customer pricing reserve
Compensation, benefits and other employee related
Repositioning
Product warranties and performance guarantees - Short-term
Income and other taxes
Advanced discounts from suppliers, current
 (1)
Customer advances and deferred income
Accrued interest
Short-term lease liability (Note 18)
Freight accrual
Dividends declared on Series A Preferred Stock
Other (primarily operating expenses)

(2)

December 31,
2022

December 31,
2021

(Dollars in millions)
50  $
69 
9 
18 
39 
8 
29 
13 
9 
9 
42 
25 
320  $

72 
76 
10 
21 
25 
14 
23 
8 
9 
11 
— 
26 
295 

$

$

(1) Customer advances and deferred income include $8 million and $5 million of contract liabilities as of December 31, 2022 and 2021, respectively. See Note 4, Revenue Recognition and

Contracts with Customers.

(2) Other accrued liabilities includes $3 million of environmental liabilities as of December 31, 2022 and 2021.

The  Company  accrued  repositioning  costs  related  to  projects  to  optimize  our  product  costs  and  to  right-size  our  organizational  structure.  Expenses  related  to  the  repositioning  accruals  are

included in Cost of goods sold in our Consolidated Statements of Operations.

Balance at December 31, 2020

Charges
Usage—cash

Balance at December 31, 2021

Charges
Usage—cash

Balance at December 31, 2022

Note 16. Long-term Debt and Credit Agreements

Long Term Debt

Severance
Costs

Exit
 Costs
(Dollars in millions)

Total

$

$

7  $

16 
(13)
10 
4 
(5)
9  $

—  $
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
—  $

7 
16 
(13)
10 
4 
(5)
9 

On the Effective Date, in accordance with the Plan, the Company entered into a Credit Agreement (the “Credit Agreement”) with JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. as administrative agent, which

provides for long-term senior secured financing consisting of:

• Dollar Facility: a seven-year secured first-lien U.S. Dollar term loan facility for $715 million; and

•

Euro Facility: a seven-year secured first-lien Euro term loan facility for €450 million.

72

 
 
 
713 
510 

1,223 
(35)
(7)

1,181 

7 
7 
7 
7 
7 
1,151 

1,186 

The principal outstanding and carrying amounts of our long-term debt as of December 31, 2022 are as follows:

(Dollars in millions)

Dollar Facility
Euro Facility

Total principal outstanding
Less: unamortized deferred financing costs
Less: current portion of long-term debt
Total long-term debt

Maturity Date

April 30, 2028
April 30, 2028

Interest Rate

December 31, 2022

December 31, 2021

LIBOR plus 325 bps
EURIBOR plus 350 bps

$

$

706  $
480 

1,186 
(31)
(7)

1,148  $

The following table summarizes the minimum scheduled principal repayments of long-term debt as of December 31, 2022:

2023
2024
2025
2026
2027
Thereafter
Total payments on long-term debt

Revolving Facility and Letters of Credit

December 31,

(Dollars in millions)

$

$

The Credit Agreement also provides for a five-year multi-currency senior secured first-lien Revolving Facility which matures on April 30, 2026. In 2022, the maximum borrowing capacity

under the Revolving Facility was increased from $300 million to $475 million.

Under the Revolving Facility, the Company may use up to $125 million under the Revolving Facility for the issuance of letters of credit to its subsidiaries. Letters of credit are available for
issuance under the Credit Agreement on terms and conditions customary for financings of this kind, which issuances will reduce availability under the Revolving Facility. As of December 31, 2022,
the Company had no borrowings outstanding under the Revolving Facility, no outstanding letters of credit, and available borrowing capacity of $475 million.

Separate from the Revolving Facility, the Company has a bilateral letter of credit facility, which also matures on April 30, 2026. On September 14, 2022, the Company amended the bilateral
letter of credit agreement to reduce the available capacity from $35 million to $15 million. The maturity date and other terms of the amended agreement remained the same. As of December 31,
2022, the Company had $14 million utilized and $1 million of remaining available capacity.

Amendments to the Credit Agreement

On  the  Effective  Date,  in  accordance  with  the  Plan,  the  Company  entered  into  a  credit  agreement  (as  amended  from  time  to  time,  the  "Credit  Agreement")  providing  for  senior  secured
financing, consisting of a seven-year secured first-lien U.S. Dollar term loan facility initially in the amount of $715 million (the “Dollar Term Facility”), a seven-year secured first-lien Euro term
loan facility initially in the amount of €450 million (the “Euro Term Facility,” and together with the Dollar Facility, the “Term Loan Facilities”); and a five-year senior secured first-lien revolving
credit facility initially in the amount of $300 million providing for multi-currency revolving loans, (the “Revolving Facility,” and together with the Term Loan Facilities, the “Credit Facilities”). On
January 11, 2022 and March 22, 2022, the Company amended the Credit Agreement, increasing the maximum amount of borrowings available under the Revolving Facility from $300 million to
approximately $475 million. The maturity date of the Revolving Facility remains unchanged at April 30, 2026, with certain extension rights at the discretion of each lender.

Under  the  first  amendment,  London  Inter-bank  Offered  Rate  ("LIBOR")  was  replaced  as  an  available  rate  at  which  borrowings  under  the  Revolving  Facility  could  accrue  with,  for  loans

borrowed in U.S. Dollars, the daily Secured Overnight Financing Rate (“SOFR”) published by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York and for loans borrowed in

73

 
Australian Dollars, the average bid reference rate administered by ASX Benchmarks Pty Limited. The Term Loan Facilities under the Credit Agreement continue to be able to accrue interest under
the LIBOR, but will switch to an alternative benchmark rate upon the cessation of LIBOR after June 30, 2023. The Euro Facilities under the Credit Agreement continue to accrue interest under the
Euro Interbank Offered Rate (“EURIBOR”).

The second amendment also removed the requirement that payments made in cash for the benefit of holders of shares of the Company's Series A Preferred Stock, par value $0.001 per share (the

"Series A Preferred Stock") on or before December 31, 2022 be made on a ratable basis to the holders of the Common Stock, and made additional clarifying amendments to certain provisions.

The  amendments  to  our  Credit  Agreement  as  described  above  were  accounted  under  ASC  470-50,  Debt Modifications and Extinguishments,  as  debt  modifications  that  did  not  result  in  an

extinguishment or have a material impact on our Consolidated Financial Statements.

Security

The Credit Facilities are secured on a first-priority basis by: (i) a perfected security interest in the equity interests of each direct material subsidiary of each guarantor under the Credit Facilities
and (ii) perfected security interests in, and mortgages on, substantially all tangible and intangible personal property and material real property of each of the guarantors under the Credit Facilities,
subject,  in  each  case,  to  certain  exceptions  and  limitations,  including  the  agreed  guaranty  and  security  principles.  The  guarantors  organized  under  the  laws  of  England  and  Wales,  Luxembourg,
Switzerland and the United States entered into security documents securing the obligations of each borrower concurrently with the effectiveness of the Credit Agreement. The guarantors organized
under the laws of Australia, Ireland, Japan, Mexico, Romania and Slovakia have subsequently executed security documents.

Interest Rate and Fees

The Dollar Facility is subject to an interest rate, at our option, of either (a) an alternate base rate (“ABR”) (which shall not be less than 1.50%) or (b) an adjusted LIBOR (which shall not be less
than 0.50%), in each case, plus an applicable margin equal to 3.25% in the case of LIBOR loans and 2.25% in the case of ABR loans. The Euro Facility is subject to an interest rate equal to an
adjusted Euro Interbank Offered Rate (“EURIBOR”) (which shall not be less than zero) plus an applicable margin equal to 3.50%. As of December 31, 2022, the Revolving Facility is subject to an
interest rate comprised of an applicable benchmark rate (which shall not be less than 1.00% if such benchmark is the ABR rate and not less than 0.00% in the case of other applicable benchmark
rates) that is selected based on the currency in which borrowings are outstanding thereunder, in each case, plus an applicable margin. The applicable margin for the Revolving Facility varies based on
our  leverage  ratio.  Accordingly,  the  interest  rates  for  the  Credit  Facilities  will  fluctuate  during  the  term  of  the  Credit  Agreement  based  on  changes  in  the  ABR,  LIBOR,  EURIBOR  and  other
applicable  benchmark  rates  or  future  changes  in  our  leverage  ratio.  The  Credit  Agreement  provides  the  Benchmark  Replacement,  given  the  reference  rate  reform  discontinuing  LIBOR.  Interest
payments with respect to the Term Loan Facilities are required either on a quarterly basis (for ABR loans) or at the end of each interest period (for LIBOR and EURIBOR loans) or, if the duration of
the applicable interest period exceeds three months, then every three months. See discussion of the amendment to the Revolving Facility in Amendments to the Credit Agreement, above.

In  addition  to  paying  interest  on  outstanding  borrowings  under  the  Revolving  Facility,  the  Borrowers  are  required  to  pay  a  quarterly  commitment  fee  based  on  the  unused  portion  of  the

Revolving Facility, which is determined by our leverage ratio and ranges from 0.25% to 0.50% per annum.

Prepayments

The  Borrowers  are  obligated  to  make  quarterly  principal  payments  throughout  the  term  of  the  Dollar  Facility  according  to  the  amortization  provisions  in  the  Credit  Agreement,  as  such
payments may be reduced from time to time in accordance with the terms of the Credit Agreement as a result of the application of loan prepayments made by us, if any, prior to the scheduled date of
payment thereof.

We may voluntarily prepay borrowings under the Credit Agreement without premium or penalty, subject to a 1.00% prepayment premium in connection with any repricing transaction with
respect to the Term Loan Facilities in the first six months after the Effective Date of the Credit Agreement and customary breakage” costs with respect to LIBOR and EURIBOR loans. We may also
reduce the commitments under the Revolving Facility, in whole or in part, in each case, subject to certain minimum amounts and increments. See discussion of the amendment to the Revolving
Facility in Amendments to the Credit Agreement, above.

74

The Credit Agreement also contains certain mandatory prepayment provisions in the event that we incur certain types of indebtedness, receive net cash proceeds from certain non-ordinary
course asset sales or other dispositions of property or, starting with the fiscal year ending on December 31, 2022, 0.50% of excess cash flow on an annual basis (with step-downs to 25% and 0%
subject to compliance with certain leverage ratios), in each case subject to terms and conditions customary for financings of this kind.

Representations and Warranties

The Credit Agreement contains certain representations and warranties (subject to certain agreed qualifications) that are customary for financings of this kind.

Certain Covenants

The  Credit  Agreement  contains  certain  affirmative  and  negative  covenants  customary  for  financing  of  this  type.  The  Revolving  Facility  also  contains  a  financial  covenant  requiring  the
maintenance of a consolidated total leverage ratio of not greater than 4.7 times as of the end of each fiscal quarter if, on the last day of any such fiscal quarter, the aggregate amount of loans and
letters of credit (excluding backstopped or cash collateralized letters of credit and other letters of credit with an aggregate face amount not exceeding $30 million) outstanding under the Revolving
Facility exceeds 35% of the aggregate commitments thereunder.

As of December 31, 2022, the Company was in compliance with all its financing covenants.

The Credit Agreement also contained certain restrictions on the Company’s ability to pay cash dividends on or to redeem or otherwise acquire for cash the Series A Preferred Stock unless a
ratable payment (on an as-converted basis) was made to holders of our common equity and such payments would otherwise be permitted under the terms of the Credit Agreement. These restrictions
were removed as part of the credit amendments noted above.

The  Company's  ability  to  pay  cash  dividends  on  shares  of  Common  Stock  is  also  subject  to  conditions  set  forth  in  the  Certificate  of  Designations  for  the  Series  A  Cumulative  Convertible
Preferred Stock (the "Series A Certificate of Designations") as described in Note 21, Equity. On March 3, 2022, the terms of the Series A Certificate of Designations were further amended to (i)
expand the scope of permitted Distributions on Dividend Junior Stock (each as defined in the Series A Certificate of Designations) to include purchases by the Company of shares of Dividend Junior
Stock in individually negotiated transactions, (ii) remove the requirement that dividends or Distributions on Dividend Junior Stock must occur on or prior to December 31, 2022, and (iii) expressly
permit the purchase, redemption or other acquisition for cash by the Company of shares of Dividend Junior Stock without requiring ratable participation by holders of Series A Preferred Stock.

Note 17. Mandatorily Redeemable Series B Preferred Stock

On the Effective Date, pursuant to the Plan, the Company issued 834,800,000 shares of Series B Preferred Stock to Honeywell International Inc. ("Honeywell") in satisfaction of certain claims
of Honeywell. Under the Certificate of Designations of the Series B Preferred Stock, the Company is required to redeem on April 30 each year, beginning on April 30, 2022 and ending on April 30,
2030, an aggregate number of shares of Series B Preferred Stock based on a scheduled redemption amount determined in the Certificate of Designations. Any shares of Series B Preferred Stock that
have not been redeemed as of April 30, 2030, will be redeemed on that date. The Series B Preferred Stock is not entitled to any dividends or other distributions or payments other than the scheduled
redemption payments and payments upon liquidation as provided in the Certificate of Designations of the Series B Preferred Stock.

On December 28, 2021, the Company completed a partial early redemption of 345,988,497 shares of Series B Preferred Stock for a cash payment of $211 million including $10 million as

interest.

During the year ended December 31, 2022, the Company further redeemed 488,811,503 shares of Series B Preferred Stock, representing the entirety of the remaining outstanding shares, for a
total aggregate price of $409 million, of which $28 million related to settlement of accrued interest. A loss on extinguishment of debt of $5 million was recognized in the Consolidated Statement of
Operations related to the final early redemption. There were no shares of Series B Preferred Stock outstanding as of December 31, 2022.

75

Note 18. Leases

We have operating leases that primarily consist of real estate, machinery and equipment. Our leases have remaining lease terms of up to 15 years, some of which include options to extend the

leases for up to two years, and some of which include options to terminate the leases within the year.

The components of lease expense are as follows:

Operating lease cost

Supplemental cash flow information related to operating leases is as follows:

Cash paid for amounts included in the measurement of lease liabilities:

Operating cash outflows from operating leases

Right-of-use assets obtained in exchange for lease obligations:

Operating leases

Supplemental balance sheet information related to operating leases is as follows:

2022

2022

$

$

$

Other assets
Accrued liabilities
Other liabilities

Weighted-average lease term (in years)
Weighted-average discount rate

Maturities of operating lease liabilities were as follows:

2023
2024
2025
2026
2027
Thereafter

Total lease payments

Less imputed interest

76

Year Ended December 31,

2021

(Dollars in millions)

2020

16  $

15  $

15 

Year Ended December 31,

2021

(Dollars in millions)

2020

12  $

26  $

Year Ended December 31,

2022

2021

(Dollars in millions)
44  $
9 
36 

13  $

5  $

$

13 

7 

51 
9 
42 

Year Ended December 31,

2022

2021

8.41
5.61 %

8.88
5.65 %

Year Ended December 31, 2022

(Dollars in millions)

$

$

11 
9 
7 
5 
4 
20 
56 
(11)
45 

Note 19. Financial Instruments and Fair Value Measures

Credit and Market Risk

We continually monitor the creditworthiness of our customers to which we grant credit terms in the normal course of business. The terms and conditions of our credit sales are designed to

mitigate or eliminate concentrations of credit risk with any single customer.

Foreign Currency Risk Management

We are exposed to market risks from changes in currency exchange rates. These exposures may impact future earnings and/or operating cash flows. Our exposure to market risk for changes in
foreign  currency  exchange  rates  arises  from  international  financing  activities  between  subsidiaries,  foreign  currency  denominated  monetary  assets  and  liabilities  and  transactions  arising  from
international trade.

We hedge currency exposures with natural offsets to the fullest extent possible and, once these opportunities have been exhausted, through foreign currency exchange forward contracts (foreign
currency exchange contracts). These forward currency exchange contracts are assessed as effective and are designated as cash flow hedges. Gains and losses on derivatives qualifying as cash flow
hedges are recorded in Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) until the underlying transactions are recognized in earnings.

The Company also entered into float to float cross-currency swaps exchange contracts to hedge net investments in foreign subsidiaries. These cross-currency swaps exchange contracts are
assessed as effective and are designated as net investment hedges. Gains and losses on derivatives qualifying as net investment hedges are recorded in Accumulated other comprehensive income
(loss) until the net investment is liquidated or sold.

As of December 31, 2022 and 2021, we had contracts with aggregate gross notional amounts of $2,621 million and $2,788 million, respectively, to hedge foreign currencies, principally the U.S.

Dollar, Swiss Franc, British Pound, Euro, Chinese Yuan, Japanese Yen, Mexican Peso, New Romanian Leu, Czech Koruna, Australian Dollar and Korean Won.

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

The FASB’s accounting guidance defines fair value as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the
measurement date (exit price). Financial and nonfinancial assets and liabilities are classified in their entirety based on the lowest level of input that is significant to the fair value measurement. The
following table sets forth the Company’s financial assets and liabilities that were accounted for at fair value on a recurring basis as of December 31, 2022 and 2021:

77

Notional Amounts

Assets

Liabilities

December 31,
2022

December 31,
2021

December 31,
2022

December 31,
2021

December 31,
2022

December 31,
2021

Fair Value

Designated instruments:
Designated forward currency

exchange contracts

Designated cross-currency swap
Total designated instruments
Undesignated instruments:
Undesignated interest rate swap
Undesignated forward currency
exchange contracts
Total undesignated instruments
Total designated and undesignated

instruments

$

$

565  $
715
1,280 

1,024 

317 
1,341 

382  $
715 
1,097 

940 

751 
1,691 

(Dollars in millions)

22  $
74
96 

76 

4 
80 

(a)

(b)

(a)

(a)

9 
30 
39 

7 

2 
9 

$

6  $

— 
6 

— 

2 
2 

2,621  $

2,788  $

176  $

48 

$

8  $

1  (c)

— 
1 

— 

4  (c)
4   

5 

(a) Recorded within Other current assets in the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheets
(b) Recorded within Other assets in the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheets
(c) Recorded within Accrued liabilities in the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheets

The Company entered into interest rate swap and forward interest rate swap contracts to partially mitigate market value risk associated with interest rate fluctuations on its variable rate term loan
debt. As of December 31, 2022, the Company had outstanding interest rate and forward interest rate swaps with an aggregate notional amount of €960 million, with respective maturities of April
2023, April 2024, April 2025, April 2026, April 2027 and April 2028. The Company uses interest rate swaps specifically to mitigate variable interest risk exposure on its long-term debt portfolio and
has not designated them as hedging instruments for accounting purposes.

The  Company  has  floating-floating  cross-currency  swap  contracts  to  limit  its  exposure  to  investments  in  certain  foreign  subsidiaries  exposed  to  foreign  exchange  fluctuations.  The  cross-
currency swaps have been designated as net investment hedges of its Euro-denominated operations. As of December 31, 2022, an aggregate notional amount of €606 million was designated as net
investment hedges of the Company’s investment in Euro-denominated operations, with mandatory termination options in April 2023, April 2024, April 2025 and April 2026. The cross-currency
swaps’ fair values were net assets of $74 million at December 31, 2022. Our Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (loss) includes Changes in fair value of net investment hedges, net of
tax, of $44 million during the year ended December 31, 2022 related to these net investment hedges. No ineffectiveness has been recorded on the net investment hedges.

The Company also enters into forward currency exchange contracts with maturities up to 18 months to mitigate exposure to foreign currency exchange rate volatility and the associated impact
on earnings related to forecasted foreign currency commitments. As of December 31, 2022, the Company had outstanding forward currency exchange contracts with an aggregate notional amount of
$565 million. These forward currency exchange contracts are designated as cash flow hedges and are assessed as highly effective. Gains and losses on the derivatives qualifying as cash flow hedges
are recorded in Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) until the underlying transactions are recognized in earnings, and amounted to a gain of $6 million, net of tax, for the year ended
December 31, 2022.

The  foreign  currency  exchange,  interest  rate  swap  and  cross-currency  swap  contracts  are  valued  using  market  observable  inputs.  As  such,  these  derivative  instruments  are  classified  within
Level 2. The assumptions used in measuring fair value of the cross-currency swap are considered Level 2 inputs, which are based upon market observable interest rate curves, cross currency basis
curves, credit default swap curves, and foreign exchange rates.

78

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The carrying value of Cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash, Account receivables and Notes and Other receivables contained in the Consolidated Balance Sheets approximates fair value.

The following table sets forth the Company’s financial assets and liabilities that were not carried at fair value:

December 31, 2022

Carrying Value

Fair Value

(Dollars in millions)

Term Loan Facilities

$

1,156  $

1,151 

The Company determined the fair value of certain of its long-term debt and related current maturities utilizing transactions in the listed markets for similar liabilities. As such, the fair value of

the long-term debt and related current maturities is considered Level 2.

Note 20. Other liabilities

Income taxes

Pension and other employee related
Long-term lease liability (Note 18)
Advanced discounts from suppliers

Product warranties and performance guarantees – Long-term
Environmental Remediation – Long-term

Other

Note 21. Equity

Issuance of Series A Preferred Stock

December 31,

2022

2022

(Dollars in millions)
99  $
21 
36 
6 
10 
14 
19 

205  $

106 
61 
42 
16 
11 
15 
18 

269 

$

$

In connection with the Company’s emergence from bankruptcy and pursuant to the Plan, the Company issued 247,757,290 shares of the Company’s Series A Preferred Stock to affiliated funds
of  Centerbridge,  affiliated  funds  of  Oaktree  and  certain  other  investors  and  parties,  including  in  connection  with  the  consummation  of  two  rights  offerings  and  that  certain  replacement  equity
backstop commitment agreement. The Company is authorized to grant 1,200,000,000 shares of preferred stock in the reorganized company.

Series A Preferred Stock

Holders of the Series A Preferred Stock will be entitled to receive, when, as and if declared by a committee of disinterested directors of the Board (which initially consisted of Daniel Ninivaggi,
Julia Steyn, Robert Shanks, and D’aun Norman) out of funds legally available for such dividend, cumulative cash dividends at an annual rate of 11% on the stated amount per share plus the amount
of any accrued and unpaid dividends on such share, accumulating daily and payable quarterly on January 1, April 1, July 1 and October 1, respectively, in each year. Such a dividend will not be
declared  at  any  time  when  Consolidated  EBITDA  (as  defined  in  the  Series  A  Certificate  of  Designations)  of  the  Company  and  its  subsidiaries  for  the  most  recent  four  fiscal  quarters  for  which
financial statements of the Company are available is less than $425 million. Dividends on the Series A Preferred Stock will accumulate whether or not declared.

Holders of the Series A Preferred Stock will also be entitled to such dividends paid to holders of Common Stock to the same extent as if such holders of Series A Preferred Stock had converted
their shares of Series A Preferred Stock into Common Stock (without regard to any limitations on conversions) and had held such shares of Common Stock on the record date for such dividends and
distributions. Such payments will be made concurrently with the dividend or distribution to the holders of the Common Stock.

The Company is restricted from paying or declaring any dividend, or making any distribution, on any class of Common Stock or any future class of preferred stock established thereafter by the

Board (other than any series of capital

79

stock that ranks pari passu to the Series A Preferred Stock) (such stock, “Dividend Junior Stock”), other than a dividend payable solely in Dividend Junior Stock, unless (i) all cumulative accrued
and unpaid preference dividends on all outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock have been paid in full and the full dividend thereon due has been paid or declared and set aside for payment and
(ii) all prior redemption requirements with respect to Series A Preferred Stock have been complied with, provided, notwithstanding the foregoing, that the Company may pay a dividend or make a
distribution on Dividend Junior Stock if (a) the holders of the Series A Preferred Stock also participate in such dividends or distributions, (b) such dividends or distributions are made on or prior to
December 31, 2022, and (c) the full Board of the Company has ratified the Disinterested Directors’ Committee’s declaration of any such dividend or distribution.

On March 3, 2022, the terms of the Series A Certificate of Designations were further amended to provide the Company with greater flexibility to pay dividends and make certain distributions
on, and to purchase, redeem or otherwise acquire, including in individually negotiated transactions, shares of the Company’s Common Stock or any future class of preferred stock that ranks junior to
the Series A Preferred Stock in right of payment of dividends. Specifically, the amendments (i) expanded the scope of permitted Distributions on Dividend Junior Stock (as each term is defined in the
Series A Certificate of Designations) to include purchases by the Company of shares of Dividend Junior Stock in individually negotiated transactions, (ii) removed the requirement that dividends or
Distributions on Dividend Junior Stock must occur on or prior to December 31, 2022, and (iii) expressly permitted the purchase, redemption or other acquisition for cash by the Company of shares of
Dividend Junior Stock without requiring ratable participation by holders of Series A Preferred Stock.

On September 8, 2022, the Disinterested Directors Committee of the board of directors (the "Board") of the Company declared a cash dividend of $0.17 per share on the Company's Series A
Preferred Stock. As of the record date of September 23, 2022, a total of 245,413,317 shares of Series A Preferred Stock were outstanding, resulting in an aggregate dividend amount of $42 million.
This dividend was settled in full on October 3, 2022.

On December 6, 2022, the Board declared a cash dividend of $0.17 per share on the Company's Series A Preferred Stock. As of the record date of December 20, 2022, a total of 245,171,837
shares of Series A Preferred Stock were outstanding, resulting in an aggregate dividend amount of $42 million. Cash was transferred on December 28, 2022, to the transfer agent for the Series A
Preferred Stock in the amount of $42 million for the settlement of the dividend which occurred on January 3, 2023. As of December 31, 2022, a dividend payable of $42 million was recorded within
Accrued liabilities, and the cash held by the transfer agent was recorded within Other Current Assets.

The Board determined that the amount of preference dividends which will accumulate for the preference dividend for the year ended December 31, 2022 is $0.251772 per share, amounting to
$157 million and is presented as a reduction to Net income available to common shareholders in our Consolidated Statements of Operations. There were 247,757,290 shares of Series A Preferred
Stock outstanding as of December 31, 2022, with an the aggregate accumulated dividend as of December 31, 2022 of $171 million.

Voting

Holders of the Series A Preferred Stock will be entitled to vote together as a single class with the holders of Common Stock, with each such holder entitled to cast the number of votes equal to
the number of votes such holder would have been entitled to cast if such holder were the holder of a number of shares of Common Stock equal to the whole number of shares of Common Stock that
would be issuable upon conversion of such holder’s shares of Series A Preferred Stock in addition to a number of shares of Common Stock equal to the amount of cumulative unpaid preference
dividends (whether or not authorized or declared) divided by the lesser of (i) the fair market value per share of such additional shares and (ii) the fair market value per share of the Common Stock.

So long as any shares of Series A Preferred Stock are outstanding, a vote or the consent of the holders representing a majority of the Series A Preferred Stock will be required for (i) effecting or
validating any amendment, modification or alteration to the Certificate of Incorporation that would authorize or create, or increase the authorized amount of, any shares of any class or series or any
securities convertible into shares of any class or series of capital stock that would rank senior or pari passu to the Series A Preferred Stock with respect to dividend payments or upon the occurrence
of a liquidation, (ii) any increase in the authorized number of shares of Series A Preferred Stock or of any series of capital stock that ranks pari passu with Series A Preferred Stock, (iii) effecting or
validating any amendment, alteration or repeal of any provision of the Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws that would have an adverse effect on the rights, preferences, privileges or voting power
of Series A Preferred Stock or the holders thereof in any material respect, or (iv) any action or inaction that would reduce the stated amount of any share of Series A Preferred Stock to below $5.25
per share.

80

Liquidation

Upon liquidation, Series A Preferred Stock will rank senior to the Common Stock and the Series B Preferred Stock, and will have the right to be paid, out of the assets of the Company legally
available for distribution to its stockholders, an amount equal to the Aggregate Liquidation Entitlement (as defined in the Series A Certificate of Designations) for all outstanding shares of Series A
Preferred Stock.

Other Rights

All shares of Series A Preferred Stock will automatically convert to shares of Common Stock, at an initial conversion price of $5.25 per share of Common Stock (subject to adjustment as
described in the Series A Certificate of Designations) (the “Conversion Price”) upon either (i) the election of holders representing a majority of the then-outstanding Series A Preferred Stock or (ii)
the occurrence of a Trading Day (as defined in the Series A Certificate of Designations) at any time on or after the date which is two years after the Effective Date on which (A) the aggregate stated
amount of all outstanding shares of Series B Preferred Stock is an amount less than or equal to $125 million, (B) the Common Stock is traded on a Principal Exchange, a Fallback Exchange or an
Over-the-Counter  Market  (each  as  defined  in  the  Series  A  Certificate  of  Designations)  and,  in  each  case,  the  Automatic  Conversion  Fair  Market  Value  (as  defined  in  the  Series  A  Certificate  of
Designations) of the Common Stock exceeds 150% of the Conversion Price, and (C) the Consolidated EBITDA (as defined in the Series A Certificate of Designations) of the Company and its
subsidiaries for the last twelve months ended as of the last day of each of the two most recent fiscal quarters is greater than or equal to $600 million.

Shares of Series A Preferred Stock are also convertible into Common Stock at any time at the option of the holder, effective on January 1, April 1, July 1 and October 1 in each year, or on the

third business day prior to the date of redemption of the outstanding shares of the Series A Preferred Stock as described in the following paragraph.

The Company may, at its election, redeem all but not less than all of the outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock (i) at any time following the date which is six years after the Effective
Date or (ii) in connection with the consummation of a Change of Control (as defined in the Series A Certificate of Designations), in either case for a cash purchase price equal to $5.25 per share plus
cumulative unpaid preference dividends (whether or not authorized or declared) as of the redemption date.

Share Repurchase Program

On November 16, 2021, the Board of Directors authorized a $100 million share repurchase program valid until November 15, 2022, providing for the purchase of shares of Series A Preferred
Stock and Common Stock. The share repurchase program was subsequently extended by one year, to November 15, 2023. Through December 31, 2022, the Company has repurchased 2,669,335
shares of Series A Preferred Stock for $22 million, and 559,749 shares of Common Stock for $4 million.

81

 
Note 22. Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss)

The changes in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) are provided in the tables below:

Pre-Tax

Tax

(Dollars in millions)

After-Tax

Year Ended December 31, 2020

Foreign exchange translation adjustment
Pension adjustments
Changes in fair value of effective cash flow hedges

Year Ended December 31, 2021

Foreign exchange translation adjustment
Pension adjustments
Changes in fair value of effective cash flow hedges
Changes in fair value of net investment hedges

Year Ended December 31, 2022

Foreign exchange translation adjustment
Pension adjustments
Changes in fair value of effective cash flow hedges
Changes in fair value of net investment hedges

$

$

$

$

$

$

(234) $
(17)
(8)
(259) $

38  $
43
11
51
143  $

(1) $
(11)
8
57
53  $

Changes in Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss) by Component

Foreign 
Exchange 
Translation 
Adjustment

Changes in Fair 
Value of 
Effective Cash 
Flow Hedges

Changes in Fair Value of Net
Investment Hedges
(Dollars in millions)

Pension 
Adjustments

Balance at December 31, 2020
Other comprehensive income before reclassifications
Amounts reclassified from accumulated other

comprehensive income

Net current period other comprehensive income

Balance at December 31, 2021
Other comprehensive income before reclassifications
Amounts reclassified from accumulated other

comprehensive income

Net current period other comprehensive income

Balance at December 31, 2022

$

$

$

(3) $
11 

(1)
10 

7  $

27 

(21)
6 
13  $

$

$

(81)
38 

— 
38 

(43)

(1)

— 
(1) (1)

(44)

$

82

—  $
41 

— 
41 
41  $

44 

— 
44 
85  $

—  $
(1)
1 
—  $

—  $
(7)
(1)
(10)
(18) $

—  $
2 
(2)
(13)
(13) $

(45) $
35 

1 
36 
(9) $

(11)

2 
(9)
(18) $

(234)
(18)
(7)
(259)

38 
36 
10 
41 
125 

(1)
(9)
6 
44 
40 

(129)
125 

— 
125 

(4)

59 

(19)
40 
36 

Total 
Accumulated 
Other 
Comprehensive 
Income (Loss)

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Reclassifications Out of Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss)

Net
Sales

Net
Sales

—  $
— 
— 
—  $

—  $
— 
— 
—  $

$

$

$

$

Cost of 
Goods 
Sold

Cost of 
Goods 
Sold

Selling,
General and
Administrative
Expenses

(Dollars in millions)

Selling,
General and
Administrative
Expenses

(Dollars in millions)

—  $
— 
— 
—  $

—  $
— 
— 
—  $

—  $
(21)
— 
(21) $

—  $
(1)
— 
(1) $

Non-Operating (Income)
Expense

Total

2  $

— 
— 

2  $

Non-Operating (Income)
Expense

Total

1  $

— 
— 

1  $

2 
(21)
— 
(19)

1 
(1)
— 
— 

Year Ended December 31, 2022

Amortization of Pension and Other Postretirement Items:
Actuarial losses recognized
Losses (gains) on cash flow hedges
Tax expense (benefit)
Total reclassifications for the period, net of tax

Year Ended December 31, 2021

Amortization of Pension and Other Postretirement Items:
Actuarial losses recognized
Losses (gains) on cash flow hedges
Tax expense (benefit)
Total reclassifications for the period, net of tax

Note 23. Stock-Based Compensation

Cancellation of Incentive Awards

As part of the Company's emergence from Chapter 11, the Plan provided for the acceleration of all outstanding awards under the Stock Incentive Plan. As of the Effective Date, all outstanding

awards were cancelled as follows:

•

•

•

•

Restricted stock units ("RSUs") - 1,205,650 RSUs were settled for consideration of $6.25 per share, for a total cash settlement of $8 million of which $7 million was recorded to equity, and
$1 million was recorded to Reorganization items, net in the Consolidated Statement of Operations. Measurement of the cash settlement value of RSU awards was performed on an individual
grant basis. As of the Effective Date, unamortized stock compensation expense of $7 million was charged to Reorganization items, net in the Consolidated Statement of Operations.

Performance stock units - 228,765 PSUs were settled for consideration of $6.25 per share, for a total cash settlement of $1 million which was recorded to Reorganization items, net in the
Consolidated Statement of Operations.

Stock options - All unvested stock options were considered “out of the money” and cancelled for no consideration. Unamortized stock compensation expense of $1 million was charged to
Reorganization items, net in the Consolidated Statement of Operations.

Cash performance stock units ("CPSUs") - 2,069,897 CPSUs were settled for consideration of $1.00 per unit, for a total cash settlement of $2 million which was charged to Reorganization
items, net in the Consolidated Statement of Operations.

The  cash  settlement  of  an  equity  award  is  treated  as  the  repurchase  of  an  outstanding  equity  instrument.  In  accordance  with  ASC  718,  all  outstanding  awards  were  cancelled  with  no

replacement grant, therefore modification accounting was not applied.

83

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Continuity Awards

In  September  2020,  one-time  cash  continuity  awards  (“Continuity  Awards”)  were  granted  to  certain  employees  in  exchange  for  the  forfeiture  of  RSUs  and  PSUs  that  had  been  granted  in
February 2020. The Continuity Awards amounted to $11 million, with $9 million paid in September 2020 and the remaining $2 million paid in 2021. As the Continuity Awards were subject to a one-
year service requirement, the combined transaction was accounted for as a modification to liability-classified awards. The total incremental compensation cost resulting from the modification was $5
million. The Continuity Awards were fully vested as of December 31, 2021.

The following table summarizes information about the Continuity Awards:

Non-vested at December 31, 2020
Granted
Vested
Forfeited
Non-vested at December 31, 2021

2021 Long-Term Incentive Plan

Number of
Awards

Weighted
Average Grant
Date Fair Value
Per Award

43 $
—
(43)
—
— $

257,536 
—
(257,536)
—
— 

On  May  25,  2021,  the  Garrett  Motion  Inc.  2021  Long-Term  Incentive  Plan  (the  “Long-Term  Incentive  Plan”)  was  adopted.  The  Long-Term  Incentive  Plan  provides  for  the  grant  of  stock
options, stock appreciation rights, performance awards, restricted stock units, restricted stock, other stock-based awards, and cash-based awards to employees and non-employee directors of Garrett
or its affiliates, and independent contractors or consultants of Garrett. The maximum aggregate number of shares of our Common Stock that may be issued under the Long-Term Incentive Plan is
31,280,476 shares. As of December 31, 2022, an aggregate of 4,560,935 shares of our Common Stock were awarded, net of forfeitures and 26,719,541 shares of our Common Stock were available
for future issuance under the Long-Term Incentive Plan.

Restricted Stock Units

RSUs are issued to certain key employees and directors at fair market value at the date of grant. RSUs typically vest over 3 years or 5 years and when vested, each unit entitles the holder to one

share of our Common Stock. The following table summarizes information about RSU activity including for periods prior to Emergence:

Non-vested at December 31, 2020
Granted
Vested
Forfeited
Vested and cancelled
Non-vested at December 31, 2021

Granted
Vested
Forfeited
Non-vested at December 31, 2022

Number of
Restricted
Stock Units

Weighted
Average Grant
Date Fair Value
Per Share

1,538,969  $
1,827,599 
(326,058)
(16,551)
(1,205,650)
1,818,309  $
1,096,012 
(436,992)
(75,429)
2,401,900  $

13.11 
8.31 
13.10 
11.71 
13.10 

8.31 
6.46 
8.40 
7.38 

7.48 

As of December 31, 2022, there was $14 million of total unrecognized compensation cost related to unvested RSUs, which is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 2.58

years.

Performance Stock Units

84

 
 
As of December 31, 2022, an aggregate of 1,774,135 PSU awards were granted to officers and certain key employees under the Long-Term Incentive Plan, which, upon vesting, entitles the

holder to shares of our Common Stock. The actual number of shares an employee receives for each PSU depends on the Company’s performance against various measures.

For  PSUs  granted  in  2021,  the  performance  measures  are  related  to  absolute  total  shareholder  return  (“TSR”)  with  stock  price  hurdles,  Adjusted  EBITDA  and  Adjusted  EBITDA  margin,
weighted 60%, 20% and 20% respectively over a two-year performance period from January 1, 2022 through December 31, 2023 for the TSR measure and a three-year performance period from
January 1, 2021 through December 31, 2023 for the Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA margin measures. Each grantee is granted a target level of PSUs and may earn between 0% and 100%
of the target level depending on achievement of the performance measures.

For PSUs granted in 2022, the performance measures are based on Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA margin, weighted 50% each, over a three-year performance period from January 1,

2022 through December 31, 2024. The PSUs vest at levels ranging from 0% to 200% of the target level depending on the Company’s performance against the financial measures.

The awards associated with the TSR performance measure are considered to have a market condition. A Monte-Carlo simulation model was used to determine the grant date fair value by
simulating a range of possible future stock prices for the Company over the performance period. This model requires an input of assumptions including the simulation term, the risk-free interest rate,
a volatility estimate for the Company’s shares, and a dividend yield estimate. The simulation term was the period of time between performance period start date and the performance end date. The
risk-free interest rate assumption was based on observed interest rates from the Treasury Constant Maturity yield curve consistent with the simulation term. The Company’s volatility estimate was
based on the historical volatilities of peers over a historical period consistent with the simulation term. The Company does not expect to pay a dividend on the Common Stock during the applicable
term. The fair value of the PSUs granted in 2021 was estimated using the following assumptions:

Monte Carlo Assumptions
Volatility
Dividend yield
Risk-free interest rate

PSUs Granted in 2021
64.01%
0.00%
0.24%

The following table summarizes information about PSU activity related to both the Stock Incentive Plan and the Long-Term Incentive Plan for each of the periods presented:

Non-vested at December 31, 2020
Granted
Vested
Forfeited
Vested and cancelled
Non-vested at December 31, 2021

Granted
Vested
Forfeited
Non-vested at December 31, 2022

Number of
Performance
Stock Units

Weighted
Average Grant
Date Fair Value
Per Share

314,111 $

1,472,875
—
(85,346)
(228,765)
1,472,875  $
301,260
—
(52,092)
1,722,043  $

16.17 
8.67
—
14.00
—

8.67 
6.79
—
8.15

8.36 

The fair value of the TSR-based PSUs is based on the output of the Monte Carlo simulation model noted above and the PSUs not containing a market condition are based on the fair market

value of the Company’s common stock at the grant date. The number of underlying shares to be issued will be based on actual performance achievement over the performance period.

The fair value of each PSU grant is amortized monthly into compensation expense on a graded vesting (accelerated) basis over a vesting period of 36 months. The accrual of compensation costs

is based on our estimate of the final expected value of the award and is adjusted as required for the performance-based condition. As the payout of PSUs granted in 2021

85

 
includes dividend equivalents, no separate dividend yield assumption is required in calculating the fair value of those PSUs. The Company currently does not pay dividends on its common stock.

As of December 31, 2022, there was $7 million of total unrecognized compensation cost related to unvested PSUs, which is expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of 1.36

years.

Stock-Based Compensation Expense

The following table summarizes the impact to the Consolidated Statement of Operations from the Company's incentive awards:

RSUs

PSUs
Stock options

Stock-based compensation expense

Continuity Awards
Reorganization items, net
Future income tax benefits recognized

Note 24. Earnings Per Share

2022

Year Ended December 31,

2021

(Dollars in millions)

2020

$

6  $

4  $

5 
— 
11 
— 
— 
1 

2 
— 
6 
5 
9 
2 

9 

— 
1 
10 
7 
— 
4 

Earnings  per  share  is  calculated  using  the  two-class  method  pursuant  to  the  issuance  of  our  Series  A  Preferred  Stock  on  the  Effective  Date.  Our  Series  A  Preferred  Stock  is  considered  a
participating security because holders of the Series A Preferred Stock will also be entitled to such dividends paid to holders of Common Stock to the same extent on an as-converted basis. The two-
class method requires an allocation of earnings to all securities that participate in dividends with common shares, such as our Series A Preferred Stock, to the extent that each security may share in
the entity’s earnings. Basic earnings per share are then calculated by dividing undistributed earnings allocated to common stock by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding for
the period. The Series A Preferred Stock is not included in the computation of basic earnings per share in periods in which we have a net loss, as the Series A Preferred Stock is not contractually
obligated to share in our net losses.

Diluted earnings per share for the years ended December 31, 2022 and 2021 are calculated using the more dilutive of the two-class or if-converted methods. The two-class method uses net
income available to common shareholders and assumes conversion of all potential shares other than the participating securities. The if-converted method uses net income and assumes conversion of
all potential shares including the participating securities. Diluted earnings per share for the year ended December 31, 2020 are computed based upon the weighted average number of common shares
outstanding and all dilutive potential common shares outstanding and all potentially issuable PSUs at the end of the period (if any) based on the number of shares issuable if it were the end of the
vesting period using the treasury stock method and the average market price of our Common Stock for the year.

86

 
 
The 

details 

of 

the 

earnings 

per 

share 

calculations 

for 

the 

years 

ended 

December 

31, 

2022, 

2021 

and 

2020 

are 

as 

follows:

Basic earnings per share:
Net Income
Less: preferred stock dividend

Net income available for distribution

Less: earnings allocated to participating securities

Net income available to common shareholders
Weighted average common shares outstanding - Basic

EPS – Basic

Diluted earnings per share:
Method used:
Weighted average common shares outstanding - Basic
Dilutive effect of unvested RSUs and other contingently issuable shares
Dilutive effect of participating securities

Weighted average common shares outstanding – Diluted

EPS – Diluted

Year Ended December 31

2022

2021

2020

(Dollars in millions except per share amounts)

390  $
(157)

233 
(184)

495  $
(97)

398 
(280)

80 
— 

80 
— 

49 
64,708,635 

118 
69,706,183 

0.75  $

1.69  $

80 
75,543,461 
1.06 

Two-class

If-converted

64,708,635 
367,357 
— 

65,075,992 

69,706,183 
28,155 
247,768,962 

317,503,300 

0.75  $

1.56  $

75,543,461 
557,048 
— 

76,100,509 

1.05 

$

$

$

The diluted earnings per share calculations exclude the effect of stock options when the options’ assumed proceeds exceed the average market price of the common shares during the period. For
the  years  ended  December  31,  2021  and  2020,  the  weighted  average  number  of  stock  options  excluded  from  the  computations  was  131,623  and  428,690  respectively.  There  were  no  options
outstanding as of December 31, 2022 and 2021, and 403,517 options outstanding as of December 31, 2020.

Note 25. Commitments and Contingencies

Securities Litigation

On  September  25,  2020,  a  putative  securities  class  action  complaint  was  filed  against  Garrett  Motion  Inc.  and  certain  current  and  former  Garrett  officers  and  directors  in  the  United  States
District Court for the Southern District of New York. The case bears the caption: Steven Husson, Individually and On Behalf of All Others Similarly Situated, v. Garrett Motion Inc., Olivier Rabiller,
Alessandro Gili, Peter Bracke, Sean Deason, and Su Ping Lu, Case No. 1:20-cv-07992-JPC (SDNY) (the “Husson Action”). The Husson Action asserted claims under Sections 10(b) and 20(a) of the
Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the "Exchange Act"), for securities fraud and control person liability. On September 28, 2020, the plaintiff sought to voluntarily dismiss his claim
against Garrett Motion Inc. in light of the Company’s bankruptcy; this request was granted.

On  October  5,  2020,  another  putative  securities  class  action  complaint  was  filed  against  certain  current  and  former  Garrett  officers  and  directors  in  the  United  States  District  Court  for  the
Southern District of New York. This case bears the caption: The Gabelli Asset Fund, The Gabelli Dividend & Income Trust, The Gabelli Value 25 Fund Inc., The Gabelli Equity Trust Inc., SM
Investors LP and SM Investors II LP, on behalf of themselves and all others similarly situated, v. Su Ping Lu, Olivier Rabiller, Alessandro Gili, Peter Bracke, Sean Deason, Craig Balis, Thierry
Mabru, Russell James, Carlos M. Cardoso, Maura J. Clark, Courtney M. Enghauser, Susan L. Main, Carsten Reinhardt, and Scott A. Tozier, Case No. 1:20-cv-08296-JPC (SDNY) (the “Gabelli
Action”). The Gabelli Action also asserted claims under Sections 10(b) and 20(a) of the Exchange Act.

On November 5, 2020, another putative securities class action complaint was filed against certain current and former Garrett officers and directors in the United States District Court for the
Southern District of New York. This case bears the caption: Joseph Froehlich, Individually and On Behalf of All Others Similarly Situated, v. Olivier Rabiller, Allesandro Gili, Peter Bracke, Sean
Deason, and Su Ping Lu, Case No. 1:20-cv-09279-JPC (SDNY) (the “Froehlich Action”). The Froehlich Action also asserted claims under Sections 10(b) and 20(a) of the Exchange Act.

87

All 3 actions are currently assigned to Judge John P. Cronan. Su Ping Lu filed a waiver of service in the Gabelli Action on November 10, 2020. On November 24, 2020, competing motions

were filed seeking the appointment of lead plaintiff and lead counsel and the consolidation of the Husson, Gabelli, and Froehlich Actions.

On December 8, 2020, counsel for the plaintiffs in the Gabelli Action — the Entwistle & Cappucci law firm — filed an unopposed stipulation and proposed order that would (1) appoint the
plaintiffs in the Gabelli Action — the “Gabelli Entities” — the lead plaintiffs; (2) would appoint Entwistle & Cappucci as lead counsel for the plaintiff class; and (3) consolidate the Gabelli Action,
the  Husson  Action,  and  the  Froehlich  Action  (the  “Consolidated  D&O  Action”).  On  January  21,  2021,  the  Court  granted  the  motion  to  consolidate  the  actions  and  granted  the  Gabelli  Entities’
motions for appointment as lead plaintiff and for selection of lead counsel. On February 25, 2021, plaintiffs filed a Consolidated Amended Complaint for Violation of the federal securities laws.

The Company’s insurer, AIG, has accepted the defense, subject to the customary reservation of rights.

The Company agreed with the Gabelli Entities and their lead counsel to permit a class claim to be recognized in the bankruptcy court and to have securities claims against the Company to be
litigated  in  the  district  court  alongside  the  Consolidated  D&O  Action.  The  Gabelli  Entities  have  agreed  that  any  recoveries  against  Garrett  Motion  Inc.  on  account  of  securities  claims  litigated
through the class claim are limited to available insurance policy proceeds. On July 2, 2021, the bankruptcy court entered an order approving the joint request from the Company and the Gabelli
Entities to handle the securities claims against Garrett Motion Inc. in this manner.

The  Gabelli  Entities  were  authorized,  and  on  July  22,  2021  filed  a  second  amended  complaint  to  add  claims  against  Garrett  Motion  Inc.  On  August  11,  2021,  Garrett  Motion  Inc.,  Olivier
Rabiller, Alessandro Gili, Peter Bracke, Sean Deason, Russell James, Carlos Cardoso, Maura Clark, Courtney Enghauser, Susan Main, Carsten Reinhardt, and Scott Tozier filed a motion to dismiss
with respect to claims asserted against them. On the same day, Su Ping Lu, who is represented separately, filed a motion to dismiss with respect to the claims asserted against her. Lead plaintiffs’
opposition  to  the  motions  to  dismiss  was  filed  on  October  26,  2021,  and  the  defendant's  reply  briefs  were  filed  on  or  before  December  8,  2021.  On  March  31,  2022,  the  judge  dismissed  the
complaints entirely - Su Ping Lu's motion to dismiss was granted with prejudice while the court granted the plaintiffs 30 days to file a third amended complaint against the Company and the other
defendants. On May 2, 2022, the plaintiffs filed a Third Amended Complaint (“TAC”) against all of the foregoing Defendants apart from Alessandro Gili, Craig Balis, Thierry Mabru and Su Ping
Lu. On June 24, 2022, defendants moved to dismiss the TAC in its entirety, with prejudice. Plaintiffs filed their opposition on August 16, 2022, and defendants filed their reply brief on September 23,
2022. On September 22, 2022, the action was reassigned from Judge John P. Cronan to Judge Jennifer L. Rochon, who was recently appointed.

Brazilian Tax Matters

In September 2020, the Brazilian tax authorities issued an infraction notice against Garrett Motion Industria Automotiva Brasil Ltda, challenging the use of certain tax credits (“Befiex Credits”)
between  January  2017  and  February  2020.  The  infraction  notice  results  in  a  loss  contingency  that  may  or  may  not  ultimately  be  incurred  by  the  Company.  The  estimated  total  amount  of  the
contingency as of December 31, 2022 was $33 million including penalties and interest. The Company appealed the infraction notice on October 23, 2020. In March 2021, in response to our request,
the Brazilian Tax Authorities reconsidered their position for a portion of the $33 million mentioned above and allowed Garrett Motion Brazil the right to offset Federal Tax with the Befiex Credits.
The letter does not qualify as a formal decision and requires formal recognition from the Judge and from the Federal Judgement Office in charge of the disputes. On August 21, 2021, we requested
such formal recognition from the Judge, which request resulted in a suspension of the claims of the Brazilian Tax Authorities as set out in their initial September 2020 letter, until such a time as the
Judge  makes  a  formal  determination  on  our  request.  The  Company  believes,  based  on  management’s  assessment  and  the  advice  of  external  legal  counsel,  that  it  has  meritorious  arguments  in
connection with the infraction notice and any liability for the infraction notice is currently not probable. Accordingly, no accrual is required at this time.

Other Matters

We are subject to other lawsuits, investigations and disputes arising out of the conduct of our business, including matters relating to commercial transactions, government contracts, product
liability, prior acquisitions and divestitures, employee benefit plans, intellectual property and environmental, health and safety matters. We recognize a liability for any contingency that is probable of
occurrence and reasonably estimable. We continually assess the likelihood of adverse judgments of outcomes in these matters, as well as potential ranges of possible losses (taking into consideration
any

88

insurance recoveries), based on a careful analysis of each matter with the assistance of outside legal counsel and, if applicable, other experts.

Warranties and Guarantees

In the normal course of business, we issue product warranties and product performance guarantees. We accrue for the estimated cost of product warranties and performance guarantees based on
contract terms and historical experience at the time of sale to the customer. Adjustments to initial obligations for warranties and guarantees are made as changes to the obligations become reasonably
estimable. Product warranties and product performance guarantees are included in Accrued liabilities and Other Liabilities. The following table summarizes information concerning our recorded
obligations for product warranties and product performance guarantees.

Beginning of year
Accruals for warranties/guarantees issued during the year
Settlement of warranty/guarantee claims
Amounts reclassified from Liabilities subject to compromise
Foreign currency translation

Note 26. Defined Benefit Pension Plans

Year Ended December 31,

2022

2021

(Dollars in millions)
32  $
15 
(17)
— 
(2)
28  $

14 
21 
(19)
16 
— 
32 

$

$

We sponsor several funded U.S. and non-U.S. defined benefit pension plans. Pension benefits for many of our U.S. employees are provided through a non-contributory, qualified defined benefit
plan. We also sponsor defined benefit pension plans which cover non-U.S. employees who are not U.S. citizens, in Switzerland and Ireland. Other pension plans outside of the U.S. are not material to
the Company either individually or in the aggregate.

The following tables summarize the balance sheet impact, including the benefit obligations, assets and funded status associated with our significant pension plans.

89

 
 
 
 
Change in benefit obligation:

(1)

Benefit obligation at beginning of the year
Service cost
Interest cost
Actuarial (gains) losses
Benefits paid
Settlements and curtailments
Foreign currency translation
Transfers
Other
Benefit obligation at end of the year

Change in plan assets:

Fair value of plan assets at beginning of the year
Actual return on plan assets
Employer contributions
Benefits paid
Settlements and curtailments
Foreign currency translation
Transfers
Other
Fair value of plan assets at end of year

(2)

Funded status of plans
Amounts recognized in Consolidated Balance Sheet consist of:

Other assets - non-current
Accrued pension liabilities- non-current

(3)

(4)

Net amount recognized

________________________________

U.S.
Plans
2022

Pension Benefits

U.S.
Plans
2021

Non-U.S.
Plans
2022

Non-U.S.
Plans
2021

(Dollars in millions)

$

$

$

208  $
1 
5 
(39)
(10)
— 
— 
— 
3 
168 

223 
(44)
— 
(10)
— 
— 
— 
— 
169 

1  $

1 
— 

1  $

220  $
1 
4 
(6)
(11)
— 
— 
— 
— 
208 

219 
14 
— 
(11)
— 
— 
— 
1 
223 
15  $

15 
— 
15  $

229  $
7 
2 
(65)
3 
(10)
(9)
— 
10 
167 

182 
(28)
7 
3 
(10)
(7)
— 
5 
152 
(15) $

2 
(17)
(15) $

259 
10 
1 
(25)
(3)
— 
(15)
(1)
3 
229 

172 
16 
7 
(3)
— 
(10)
(1)
1 
182 
(47)

— 
(47)
(47)

(1) The actuarial gain on the U.S. plan during 2022 was $39 million, driven by higher discount rates. For the non-US plans, the 2022 actuarial gain amounted to $65 million. The increase in
discount rates led to an assumption gain of $54 million in Ireland and $28 million in Switzerland. The overall financial gain was offset by a losses of $10 million and $9 million attributable
to changes in interest credited rate demographic assumptions in Switzerland, and increases in salary rates and mortality rate demographic assumptions in Ireland, respectively.

(2) In Switzerland, the total lump sum benefit payments of $10 million were greater than the service cost and interest cost for year ended December 31, 2022, therefore settlement accounting

was applied. Following the settlement accounting, part of the previously unrecognized gain amounting to approximately $1 million was recognized as a gain on pension settlement.

(3) Included in Other assets in the Consolidated Balance Sheet.

(4) Included in Other liabilities in the Consolidated Balance Sheet.

Amounts recognized in Accumulated other comprehensive (income) loss associated with our significant pension and other postretirement benefit plans as of December 31, 2022 and 2021 are as
follow:

90

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Prior service (credit)
Net actuarial (gain) loss

Net amount recognized

U.S.
Plans

2022

Pension Benefits

U.S.
Plans

2021

Non-U.S.
Plans

2022

Non-U.S.
Plans

2021

$

$

(1) $
13 
12  $

(Dollars in millions)
(1) $
(1)
(2) $

(7) $

(14)
(21) $

(8)
(11)
(19)

The components of net periodic benefit (income) cost and other amounts recognized in Other comprehensive (income) loss for our significant pension and other postretirement benefit plans

include the following components:

Net Periodic Benefit Cost

Service cost
Interest cost
Expected return on plan assets
Amortization of prior service (credit) cost
Recognition of actuarial gains
(1)
Settlements and curtailments

Net periodic (income) benefit cost

________________________________

2022

U.S. Plans

2021

Pension Benefits

2020

2022

Non-U.S. Plans

2021

2020

$

$

1  $
5 
(9)
— 
— 
— 
(3) $

1  $
4 
(10)
— 
— 
— 
(5) $

(Dollars in millions)
1  $
6 
(11)
— 
— 
— 
(4) $

7  $
2 
(6)
(1)
(27)
(1)
(26) $

10  $
1 
(6)
(1)
— 
— 

4  $

9 
2 
(6)
— 
13 
1 
19 

(1) In Switzerland, the total lump sum benefit payments of $10 million were greater than the service cost and interest cost for year ended December 31, 2022, therefore settlement accounting

was applied. Following the settlement accounting, part of the previously unrecognized gain amounting to approximately $1 million was recognized as gain on pension settlement.

Other Changes in Plan Assets and Benefits Obligations Recognized in 
Other Comprehensive (Income) Loss

2022

U.S. Plans

2021

Actuarial (gains) losses
Prior service (credit)
Prior service credit recognized during year
Actuarial losses recognized during year
Foreign currency translation

Total recognized in other comprehensive (income) loss
Total recognized in net periodic benefit (income) cost and other

comprehensive (income) loss

$

$

$

14  $
— 
— 
— 
— 
14  $

11  $

91

2020

2022

(Dollars in millions)
3  $

— 
— 
— 
— 

3  $

(1) $

Non-U.S. Plans

2021

2020

(33) $
— 
1 
30 
— 
(2) $

(28) $

(34) $
— 
1 
— 
— 
(33) $

(29) $

15 
(10)
— 
(14)
2 
(7)

12 

(10) $
— 
— 
— 
— 
(10) $

(15) $

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The  main  actuarial  assumptions  used  in  determining  the  benefit  obligations  and  net  periodic  (income)  benefit  cost  for  our  significant  benefit  plans  are  presented  in  the  following  table  as

weighted averages.

Actuarial assumptions used to determine benefit obligations as of

December 31:
Discount rate
Expected annual rate of compensation increase
Interest credited to accounts 

(1)

Actuarial assumptions used to determine net periodic benefit (income) cost

for years ended December 31:

Discount rate—benefit obligation
Discount rate—service cost
Discount rate—interest cost
Expected rate of return on plan assets
Expected annual rate of compensation increase

________________________________

(1) Only applicable to the defined benefit pension plan in Switzerland.

2022

U.S. Plans

2021

Pension Benefits

2020

2022

Non-U.S. Plans

2021

2020

5.21 %
4.98 %
— %

2.95 %
3.00 %
2.38 %
3.97 %
3.20 %

2.95 %
3.20 %
— %

2.65 %
3.37 %
2.86 %
4.88 %
3.57 %

2.65 %
3.57 %
— %

3.30 %
4.47 %
4.06 %
5.49 %
3.74 %

2.91 %
4.93 %
3.00 %

0.80 %
0.82 %
0.73 %
3.36 %
1.99 %

0.86 %
2.07 %
1.50 %

0.46 %
0.23 %
0.63 %
3.60 %
1.80 %

0.46 %
1.82 %
1.50 %

0.79 %
1.20 %
1.74 %
3.79 %
1.77 %

The discount rates for our significant pension plans reflect the current rates at which the associated liabilities could be settled at the measurement date of December 31, 2022. To determine the
discount rates, we use a modeling process that involves matching the expected cash outflows of our benefit plans to a yield curve constructed from a portfolio of high quality, fixed-income debt
instruments. We use the single weighted-average yield of this hypothetical portfolio as a discount rate benchmark.

For both our U.S. and non-U.S. defined benefit pension plans, we estimate the service and interest cost components of net period benefit (income) cost by utilizing a full yield curve approach in
the estimation of these cost components by applying the specific spot rates along the yield curve used in the determination of the pension benefit obligation to their underlying projected cash flows.
This approach provides a more precise measurement of service and interest costs by improving the correlation between projected cash flows and their corresponding spot rates.

For non-U.S. benefit plans, actuarial assumptions reflect economic and market factors relevant to each country.

The following amounts relate to our significant pension plans with accumulated benefit obligations exceeding the fair value of plan assets.

Projected benefit obligation
Accumulated benefit obligation
Fair value of plan assets

U.S. Plans

Non-U.S. Plans

2022

2021

2022

2021

December 31,

$

—  $
— 
— 

(Dollars in millions)
—  $
— 
— 

89  $
85 
72 

229 
217 
182 

Our U.S. pension asset investment strategy focuses on maintaining a diversified portfolio using various asset classes in order to achieve market exposure and diversification on a risk adjusted
basis. Our target allocations are as follows:60% global equity securities, 20% real estate investments, 10% multi-asset credit income securities, and 10% hedge funds. Global equity securities include
mutual funds that invest in companies located both inside and outside the United States. The real estate fund invests in real estate investment trusts – companies that purchase office buildings, hotels
and other real estate property. The multi-asset credit funds invest in diversified geographies, asset classes and credit instruments to capture global credit risk premiums. The hedge funds are pooled
investments structured to reduce volatility of returns and

92

 
long-term return enhancements. Our assets are reviewed on a daily basis to ensure that we are within the targeted asset allocation ranges and, if necessary, asset balances are adjusted back within
target allocations.

Our  non-U.S.  pension  assets  are  typically  managed  by  decentralized  fiduciary  committees.  Our  non-U.S.  investment  policies  are  different  for  each  country  as  local  regulations,  funding

requirements, and financial and tax considerations are part of the funding and investment allocation process in each country.

The fair values of both our U.S. and non-U.S. pension plans assets by asset category are as follows:

Cash and cash equivalents
Equity funds
Government bond funds
Corporate bond funds
Real estate funds
Other

Total assets at fair value

Cash and cash equivalents
Equity funds
Government bond funds
Corporate bond funds
Real estate funds

Total assets at fair value

Cash and cash equivalents
Equity funds
Government bond funds
Corporate bond funds
Real estate funds
Other

Total assets at fair value

Total

Level 1

Level 2

Level 3

U.S. Plans

December 31, 2022

1  $

21 
36 
97 
11 
3 
169  $

(Dollars in millions)

1  $

— 
— 
— 
— 
— 

$

— 
21 
36 
97 
11 
3 

1  $

168  $168  $

U.S. Plans

December 31, 2021

Total

Level 1

Level 2

Level 3

4  $

34 
39 
135 
11 
223  $

(Dollars in millions)

4  $

— 
— 
— 
— 

4  $

Non-U.S. Plans

December 31, 2022

— 
34 
39 
135 
11 
219 

$

$

Total

Level 1

Level 2

Level 3

3  $

83 
27 
9 
17 
13 
152  $

(Dollars in millions)
3  $

— 
— 
— 
— 
— 

3  $

—  $
83 
27 
9 
17 
13 
149  $

— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 

— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 

— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 

$

$

$

$

$

$

93

 
 
 
Cash and cash equivalents
Equity funds
Government bond funds
Corporate bond funds
Real estate funds
Other

Total assets at fair value

Total

Level 1

Level 2

Level 3

Non-U.S. Plans

December 31, 2021

$

$

3  $

100 
34 
11 
22 
13 
183  $

(Dollars in millions)
3  $

— 
— 
— 
— 
— 

3  $

—  $
100 
34 
11 
22 
13 
180  $

— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 

Equity funds, corporate bond funds, government bond funds, real estate funds and short-term investments are valued either by bids provided by brokers or dealers or quoted prices of securities
with  similar  characteristics.  Other  includes  diversified  mutual  funds.  These  investments  are  valued  at  estimated  fair  value  based  on  quarterly  financial  information  received  from  the  investment
advisor and/or general partner.

Our  general  funding  policy  for  qualified  defined  benefit  pension  plans  is  to  contribute  amounts  at  least  sufficient  to  satisfy  regulatory  funding  standards.  We  are  not  required  to  make  any
contributions to our U.S. pension plan in 2022. In 2022, contributions of $7 million were made to our non-U.S. pension plans to satisfy regulatory funding requirements. In 2023, we expect to make
contributions of cash and/or marketable securities of approximately $7 million to our non-U.S. pension plans to satisfy regulatory funding standards. Contributions for both our U.S. and non-U.S.
pension plans do not reflect benefits paid directly from Company assets.

Benefit payments, including amounts to be paid from Company assets, and reflecting expected future service, as appropriate, are expected to be paid as follows:

2023
2024
2025
2026
2027
2028-2032

Note 27. Concentrations

Sales concentration—Net sales by region (determined based on country of shipment) and channel are as follows:

U.S.
Plans

Non-U.S.
Plans

$

(Dollars in millions)
11  $
11 
11 
11 
11 
61 

United States
Europe
Asia
Other International

OEM

Aftermarket

Other

Total

Year Ended December 31, 2022

478  $

1,550 
1,031 
48 
3,107  $

(Dollars in millions)

213  $
157 
47 
25 
442  $

3  $

27 
24 
— 
54  $

$

$

94

4 
4 
5 
6 
6 
43 

694 
1,734 
1,102 
73 
3,603 

 
 
United States
Europe
Asia
Other International

United States
Europe
Asia
Other International

OEM

Aftermarket

Other

Total

Year Ended December 31, 2021

383  $

1,602 
1,153 
28 
3,166  $

(Dollars in millions)

176  $
155 
50 
25 
406  $

6  $

27 
28 
— 
61  $

OEM

Aftermarket

Other

Total

Year Ended December 31, 2020

309  $

1,395 
928 
11 
2,643  $

(Dollars in millions)

148  $
122 
41 
19 
330  $

5  $

30 
26 
— 
61  $

$

$

$

$

Customer concentration—Net sales to Garrett’s largest customers and the corresponding percentage of total net sales are as follows:

2022

%

2021

%

2020

%

Net sales
Year Ended December 31,

Customer A
Customer B
Others

$

$

350 
444 
2,809 
3,603 

10  $
12 
78 
100  $

Long-lived assets concentration—Long-lived assets by region are as follows:

United States
Europe
Asia
Other International

_________________________

(Dollars in millions)

347 
480 
2,806 
3,633 

2022

$

$

10  $
13 
77 
100  $

16  $
276 
158 
20 
470  $

301 
346 
2,387 
3,034 

Long-lived Assets (1)
December 31
2021

(Dollars in millions)

2020

19  $
291 
162 
14 
486  $

565 
1,784 
1,231 
53 
3,633 

462 
1,547 
995 
30 
3,034 

10 
11 
79 
100 

21 
315 
151 
18 
505 

(1) Long-lived assets are comprised of property, plant and equipment–net.

Supplier concentration—The Company’s largest supplier accounted for 7%, 6% and 8% of direct materials purchases for the years ended December 31, 2022, 2021 and 2020, respectively.

Note 28. Unaudited Quarterly Financial Information

The following tables show selected unaudited quarterly results of operations for the years ended December 31, 2022 and 2021. The quarterly data have been prepared on the same basis as the

audited annual financial statements and include

95

 
 
 
 
all adjustments, which include only normal recurring adjustments, necessary for the fair statement of our results of operations for these periods.

Net Sales
Gross Profit
Net Income
Net Income available for distribution
Earnings per share - basic
Earnings per share - diluted
Earnings per share - diluted method

Net Sales
Gross Profit
Net Income (Loss)
Net Income (Loss) available to common shareholders
Earnings (loss) per share - basic
Earnings (loss) per share - diluted
Earnings (loss) per share - diluted method

$

$

March 31

June 30

2022

September 30

(Dollars in millions)

December 31

Year Ended December 31

901  $
175 
88 
50 
0.15 
0.15 

Two-class

Two-class

March 31

June 30

997  $
196 
(105)
(105)
(1.38)
(1.38)

859  $
169 
85 
46 
0.15 
0.15 

935  $
193 
409 
385 
1.63 
1.29 

945  $
178 
105 
65 
0.21 
0.21 

898  $
161 
112 
72 
0.23 
0.23 

3,603 
683 
390 
233 
0.75 
0.75 

Two-class

2021

September 30

(Dollars in millions)

Two-class

Two-class

December 31

Year Ended December 31

839  $
163 
63 
27 
0.09 
0.09 

862  $
155 
128 
91 
0.29 
0.29 

3,633 
707 
495 
398 
1.69 
1.56 

If-converted

Two-class

Two-class

If-converted

96

Item 9. Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

None.

Item 9A. Controls and Procedures

Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures

Our management, with the participation of our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, conducted an evaluation of our disclosure controls and procedures, as such term is defined
under Rule 13a-15(e) promulgated under the Exchange Act. In designing and evaluating our disclosure controls and procedures, management recognizes that any controls and procedures, no matter
how well designed and operated, can provide only reasonable assurance of achieving the desired control objectives and that it will detect or uncover failures within the Company to disclose material
information otherwise required to be set forth in the Company’s periodic reports. In addition, the design of disclosure controls and procedures must reflect the fact that there are resource constraints
and that management is required to apply judgment in evaluating the benefits of possible controls and procedures relative to their costs. Based on management's evaluation, our Chief Executive
Officer and Chief Financial Officer concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures were effective at the reasonable assurance level as of December 31, 2022.

Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

Management  is  responsible  for  establishing  and  maintaining  adequate  internal  control  over  financial  reporting,  as  defined  in  Rule  13a-15(f)  under  the  Exchange  Act.  Our  management
conducted  an  assessment  of  the  effectiveness  of  our  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  based  on  the  criteria  set  forth  in  “Internal  Control-Integrated  Framework  (2013)”  issued  by  the
Committee  of  Sponsoring  Organizations  of  the  Treadway  Commission.  Based  on  this  assessment,  management  concluded  that  our  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  was  effective  as  of
December 31, 2022.

Deloitte  SA,  our  independent  registered  public  accounting  firm,  has  issued  an  attestation  report  on  our  internal  control  over  financial  reporting,  which  is  included  in  Item  8,  Financial

Statements and Supplementary Data, of this Annual Report.

Changes in Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

There have been no changes in our internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) under the Exchange Act) during the quarter ended December 31, 2022

that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.

Item 9B. Other Information

None.

Item 9C. Disclosure Regarding Foreign Jurisdictions that Prevent Inspections

Not applicable.

97

 
 
Item 10. Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance

PART III

Information with respect to this Item will be set forth in our 2023 Proxy Statement, which will be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission no later than 120 days after December 31,

2022. For the limited purpose of providing the information necessary to comply with this Item 10, the 2023 Proxy Statement is incorporated herein by this reference.

Item 11. Executive Compensation

Information with respect to this Item will be set forth in our 2023 Proxy Statement, which will be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission no later than 120 days after December 31,

2022. For the limited purpose of providing the information necessary to comply with this Item 11, the 2023 Proxy Statement is incorporated herein by this reference.

Item 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters

Information with respect to this Item will be set forth in our 2023 Proxy Statement, which will be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission no later than 120 days after December 31,

2022. For the limited purpose of providing the information necessary to comply with this Item 12, the 2023 Proxy Statement is incorporated herein by this reference.

Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence

Information with respect to this Item will be set forth in our 2023 Proxy Statement, which will be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission no later than 120 days after December 31,

2022. For the limited purpose of providing the information necessary to comply with this Item 13, the 2023 Proxy Statement is incorporated herein by this reference.

Item 14. Principal Accountant Fees and Services

Information with respect to this Item will be set forth in our 2023 Proxy Statement, which will be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission no later than 120 days after December 31,

2022. For the limited purpose of providing the information necessary to comply with this Item 14, the 2023 Proxy Statement is incorporated herein by this reference.

98

 
 
PART IV

Item 15. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules

(a) Documents filed as part of this report:

1. The following financial statements are included in Item 8 “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data” herein.

Report of Independent Registered Accounting Firm
Consolidated Statements of Operations for the Years Ended December 31, 2022, 2021 and 2020
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income for the Years Ended December 31, 2022, 2021 and 2020
Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2022 and 2021
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Years Ended December 31, 2022, 2021 and 2020
Consolidated Statements of Equity (Deficit) for the Years Ended December 2022, 2021 and 2020
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

50
53
54
55
56
57
58

2. The following financial statement schedule should be considered in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements. All other schedules are omitted because they are not applicable, not

required or the required information is shown in the consolidated financial statements or notes thereto.

GARRETT MOTION INC.
Schedule II-Valuation and Qualifying Accounts

For and as of the year ending:

Balance at Beginning of
Period

Additions Charged to
Costs and Expenses

Deductions

Foreign 
Exchange 
Translation 
Adjustment

Other Activity

Balance at End of Period

December 31, 2022
Allowance for expected credit losses
Inventory reserves
Tax valuation allowance
December 31, 2021
Allowance for expected credit losses
Inventory reserves
Tax valuation allowance
December 31, 2020
Allowance for expected credit losses
Inventory reserves
Tax valuation allowance

(1)

$

$

$

5  $

29 
32 

13  $
41 
34 

4  $
25 
27 

4  $
7 
— 

3  $
5 
5 

6  $
25 
13 

(Dollars in millions)

—  $
(3)
(1)

(11) $
(15)
(4)

(3) $
(11)
— 

—  $
(2)
— 

—  $
(2)
(3)

1  $
2 
(6)

—  $
— 
— 

—  $
— 
— 

5  $
— 
— 

9 
31 
31 

5 
29 
32 

13 
41 
34 

(1)

 Other activity relates to the adoption impact of ASU 2016-03, Financial Instruments - Credit Losses.

3. The exhibits to this report are listed below

Exhibit
Number

2.1

Amended Debtors’ Joint Plan of Reorganization Under Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy
Code, dated April 26, 2021

Description

Incorporated by Reference

Form
8-K

File No.

001-38636

Exhibit
2.1

Filing
Date
4/27/2021

Filed/
Furnished Herewith

99

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
3.1

3.2

3.3

3.4

4.1
10.1†
10.2†
10.3†
10.4†

10.5†
10.6†
10.7†
10.8†
10.9†
10.10†

10.11†

10.12†

10.13†

10.14

10.15

10.16

Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Garrett Motion Inc.,
dated April 30, 2021
Amended and Restated Certificate of Designations of Series A Cumulative Convertible
Preferred Stock of Garrett Motion Inc.
Amendment No. 2 to Certificate of Designation of Series A Cumulative Convertible
Preferred Stock of Garrett Motion Inc.
Third Amended and Restated Bylaws of Garrett Motion Inc., as amended

Description of Capital Stock
Offer Letter for Olivier Rabiller, dated May 2, 2018
Offer Letter for Thierry Mabru, dated June 1, 2018
Offer Letter for Craig Balis, dated June 1, 2018
Employment Contract, dated May 29, 2020, between Garrett Motion Sàrl, Garrett
Motion Inc. and Sean Deason

Offer Letter for Jérôme Maironi, dated June 1, 2018
Non-Employee Director Compensation Program
Severance Pay Plan for Designated Executive Employees of Garrett Motion Inc.
Form of Continuity Award Agreement
Garrett Motion Inc. 2021 Long-Term Incentive Plan
Form of Garrett Motion Inc. 2021 Long-Term Incentive Plan Restricted Stock Unit
Award Agreement

Form of Garrett Motion Inc. 2021 Long-Term Incentive Plan Restricted Stock Unit
Award Agreement 2021 Performance-Based (Stock Price)

Form of Garrett Motion Inc. 2021 Long-Term Incentive Plan Restricted Stock Unit
Award Agreement 2021 Performance-Based (EBITDA)

Form of Garrett Motion Inc. 2021 Long-Term Incentive Plan Non-Employee Director
Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement

Credit Agreement, dated April 30, 2021, among Garrett Motion Inc., Garrett LX I S.à
r.l., Garrett Motion Holdings, Inc., Garrett Motion Sàrl, the lenders and issuing banks
party thereto and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as administrative agent

Amendment No. 1, dated January 11, 2022, to the Credit Agreement, dated April 30,
2021, among Garrett Motion Inc., Garrett LX I S.à r.l., Garrett Motion Holdings, Inc.,
Garrett Motion Sàrl, the lenders and issuing banks party thereto and JPMorgan Chase
Bank, N.A., as administrative agent
Amendment No. 2, dated March 23, 2022, to the Credit Agreement, dated April 30,
2021, among Garrett Motion Inc., Garrett LX I S.à r.l., Garrett Motion Holdings, Inc.,
Garrett Motion Sàrl, the lenders and issuing banks party thereto and JPMorgan Chase
Bank, N.A., as administrative agent

100

8-K

8-K

DEF
14C
10-Q

10-12B
10-12B
10-12B
10-Q

10-Q
10-K
10-K
8-K
8-K
8-K

8-K

8-K

8-K

8-K

001-38636

001-38636

001-38636

3.1

3.1

4/30/2021

4/28/2022

2/9/2022

001-38636

3.5

10/28/2021

*

001-38636
001-38636
001-38636
001-38636

001-38636
001-38636
001-38636
001-38636
001-38636
001-38636

001-38636

001-38636

001-38636

001-38636

10.1
10.4
10.5
10.1

10.1
10.20
10.21
10.1
10.1
10.2

10.3

10.4

10.5

10.1

8/23/2018
8/23/2018
8/23/2018
7/30/2020

5/11/2020
2/27/2020
2/27/2020
6/19/2020
5/28/2021
5/28/2021

5/28/2021

5/28/2021

5/28/2021

4/30/2021

10-K

001-38636

10.31

2/14/2022

POS
 AM

333-256659

10.1

6/9/2022

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
8-K

8-K

001-38636

001-38636

10.2

10.3

4/30/2021

4/30/2021

8-K

001-38636

2.1

4/27/2021

*
*
*

*

**

**

*

*
*
*
*
*
*

10.17

10.18

21.1*
23.1
31.1

31.2

32.1

32.2

99.1

101.INS

101.SCH
101.CAL
101.DEF
101.LAB
101.PRE
104

Series A Investor Rights Agreement, dated as of April 30, 2021, among Garrett Motion
Inc. and the investors named therein

Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of April 30, 2021, among Garrett Motion Inc.
and the holders party thereto

List of Subsidiaries
Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
Certification of Principal Executive Officer Pursuant to Rules 13a-14(a) and 15d-14(a)
under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as Adopted Pursuant to Section 302 of the
Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
Certification of Principal Financial Officer Pursuant to Rules 13a-14(a) and 15d-14(a)
under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as Adopted Pursuant to Section 302 of the
Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
Certification of Principal Executive Officer Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as
Adopted Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
Certification of Principal Financial Officer Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as
Adopted Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
Order of the Bankruptcy Court, dated April 26, 2021, confirming the Amended
Debtors’ Joint Plan of Reorganization Under Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code
Inline XBRL Instance Document - the instance document does not appear in the
Interactive Data File because its XBRL tags are embedded within the Inline XBRL
document
Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document
Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document
Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase Document
Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase Document
Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Document
Cover Page Interactive Data File (formatted as Inline XBRL and contained in Exhibit
101)

*    Filed herewith

**    Furnished herewith

†    Management contract or compensation plan or arrangement

Item 16. Form 10- K Summary

None.

101

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto

SIGNATURES

duly authorized.

Date: February 14, 2023

Garrett Motion Inc.
By:

/s/ Olivier Rabiller
Olivier Rabiller
President and Chief Executive Officer

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates

indicated.

Signature

Title

/s/ Olivier Rabiller
Olivier Rabiller

President, Chief Executive Officer and Director
(Principal Executive Officer)

/s/ Sean Deason
Sean Deason

/s/ Joanne Lau
Joanne Lau

/s/ Daniel Ninivaggi
Daniel Ninivaggi

/s/ D'aun Norman
D'aun Norman

/s/ John Petry
John Petry

/s/ Tina Pierce
Tina Pierce

/s/ Robert Shanks
Robert Shanks

/s/ Kevin Mahoney
Kevin Mahoney

/s/ Julia Steyn
Julia Steyn

/s/ Steven Tesoriere
Steven Tesoriere

Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
(Principal Financial Officer)

Vice President and Corporate Controller
(Principal Accounting Officer)

Chairman of the Board and Director

Director

Director

Director

Director

Director

Director

Director

102

Date

February 14, 2023

February 14, 2023

February 14, 2023

February 14, 2023

February 14, 2023

February 14, 2023

February 14, 2023

February 14, 2023

February 14, 2023

February 14, 2023

February 14, 2023

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

As of February 14, 2023, Garrett Motion Inc. (the “Company”) has two classes of securities registered under Section 12 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange

Act”): (1) our common stock, par value $0.001 per share (the “Common Stock”), and (2) our Series A Cumulative Convertible Preferred Stock, par value $0.001 per share (the “Series A Preferred
Stock”).

The following description summarizes the material terms and provisions of our Common Stock and Series A Preferred Stock. For the complete terms of our common stock and preferred

stock, including the Common Stock and the Series A Preferred Stock, please refer to our Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (the “Certificate of Incorporation”), including
the Certificate of Designations of our Series A Preferred Stock (as amended, the “Series A Certificate of Designations”) and our Third Amended and Restated Bylaws (the “Bylaws”), each of which
is incorporated by reference as an exhibit to the Annual Report on Form 10-K of which this exhibit is a part. We encourage you to read our Certificate of Incorporation, our Series A Certificate of
Designations, our Bylaws and The Delaware General Corporation Law (“DGCL”), which may also affect the terms of these securities.

Authorized Capitalization

Under the Certificate of Incorporation, the Company’s authorized capital stock consists of 2,200,000,000 shares of capital stock, consisting of (i) 1,000,000,000 shares of Common Stock

and (ii) 1,200,000,000 shares of preferred stock.

Common Stock

Dividends

Holders of shares of the Common Stock are entitled to receive dividends when, as and if declared by the Board at its discretion out of funds legally available for that purpose, subject to the

preferential rights of any preferred stock that may be outstanding. The timing, declaration, amount and payment of future dividends will depend on the Company’s financial condition, earnings,
capital requirements and debt service obligations, as well as legal requirements, regulatory constraints, industry practice and other factors that the Board deems relevant. Under the terms of our
Series A Preferred Stock, a dividend on our Common Stock (other than a dividend payable solely in Common Stock) may not be declared if (i) all cumulative accrued and unpaid preference
dividends on all outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock have not been paid in full and the full dividend thereon due has not been paid or declared and set aside for payment, (ii) all prior
redemption requirements with respect to Series A Preferred Stock have not been complied with, provided that a committee of disinterested directors of the Board (the “Disinterested Directors’
Committee”) may nonetheless declare, and we may make, dividends or distributions on the Common Stock in such circumstances, but only if (x) the holders of Series A Preferred Stock also
participate ratably in the dividend or distribution, (y) the dividend or distribution is made on or prior to December 31, 2022, and (z) the full Board has ratified the Disinterested Directors’
Committee’s declaration of the dividend or distribution.

Additionally, the Credit Agreement, dated as of April 30, 2021, by and among the Company, Garrett LX I S.à r.l., Garrett Motion Holdings Inc. and Garrett Motion Sàrl, the lenders and

issuing banks party thereto and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as administrative agent (as amended or supplemented from time to time, the “Credit Agreement”), includes restrictions on the
Company’s ability to make dividends or distributions on, or redeem or otherwise acquire, its outstanding equity interests, including its Common Stock and Series A Preferred Stock, in each case
subject to certain exceptions and carve-outs.

For information on restrictions on the payment of dividends on the Common Stock pursuant to the terms of the Series A Preferred Stock, see “Series A Preferred Stock — Dividends”

below.

Voting

The holders of the Common Stock are entitled to one vote for each share held of record on all matters on which stockholders generally are entitled to vote. Except as otherwise required by
law, holders of common stock are not entitled to vote on any amendment to the Certificate of Incorporation (including any Certificates of Designations relating to any series of preferred stock) that
relates solely to the terms of one or more outstanding series of preferred stock if the holders of such affected series are entitled, either separately or together with the holders of one or more other
such series, to vote thereon.

Subject to the rights of any outstanding series of preferred stock, directors will be elected by a majority of the votes cast, provided that, in contested elections, directors will be elected by a

plurality of the validly cast votes

Doc#: US1:15635328v2

 
represented in person or by proxy with respect to the election. There are no cumulative voting rights for the election of directors.

For information on the voting rights of holders of the Series A Preferred Stock, see “Series A Preferred Stock — Voting” below.

Other Rights

Subject to the preferential liquidation rights of any preferred stock that may be outstanding, including the Series A Preferred Stock, upon the Company’s liquidation, dissolution or winding-

up, the holders of the Common Stock are entitled to share ratably in the Company’s assets legally available for distribution to stockholders.

Under the terms of the Certificate of Incorporation and the Bylaws, the Company is prohibited from issuing any non-voting equity securities, provided that such restriction (i) only applies to
the extent required under Section 1123(a)(6) of Chapter 11 of Title 11 of the United States Bankruptcy Code (the “Bankruptcy Code”), (ii) only for so long as Section 1123 of the Bankruptcy Code is
in effect and applicable to the Company and (iii) may be amended or eliminated in accordance with applicable law as from time to time may be in effect.

Fully Paid

The issued and outstanding shares of the Common Stock are fully paid and non-assessable. Any additional shares of Common Stock that the Company may issue in the future will also be

fully paid and non-assessable.

The holders of the Common Stock do not have preemptive rights or preferential rights to subscribe for shares of the Company’s capital stock.

Series A Preferred Stock

Dividends

Holders of the Series A Preferred Stock will be entitled to receive, when, as and if declared by the Disinterested Directors’ Committee out of funds legally available for such dividend,

cumulative cash dividends at an annual rate of 11% on the stated amount per share plus the amount of any accrued and unpaid dividends on such share, accumulating on a daily basis and payable
quarterly on January 1, April 1, July 1 and October 1, respectively, in each year. Such a dividend will not be declared at any time when Consolidated EBITDA (as defined in the Series A Certificate
of Designations) of the Company and its subsidiaries for the most recent four fiscal quarters for which financial statements of the Company are available is less than $425,000,000. Dividends on the
Series A Preferred Stock will accumulate whether or not declared.

Holders of the Series A Preferred Stock will also be entitled to such dividends paid to holders of Common Stock to the same extent as if such holders of Series A Preferred Stock had

converted their shares of Series A Preferred Stock into Common Stock (without regard to any limitations on conversions) and had held such shares of Common Stock on the record date for such
dividends and distributions. Such payments will be made concurrently with the dividend or distribution to the holders of the Common Stock.

So long as any shares of Series A Preferred Stock remain outstanding, no dividend shall be paid or declared, and no distribution shall be made, on any class of Common Stock or any future

class of preferred stock established thereafter by the Board (other than any series of capital stock that ranks pari passu or senior to the Series A Preferred Stock) (such stock “Dividend Junior
Stock”), other than a dividend payable solely in Dividend Junior Stock, unless (i) all cumulative accrued and unpaid preference dividends on all outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock have
been paid in full and the full dividend thereon due has been paid or declared and set aside for payment and (ii) all prior redemption requirements with respect to Series A Preferred Stock have been
complied with, provided, that the Disinterested Directors’ Committee may nonetheless declare or approve, and we may make, dividends or distributions on Dividend Junior Stock in such
circumstances, but only if (x) (1) such distribution consists of the purchases, redemption or other acquisition by us of shares of Dividend Junior Stock for cash, or (2) the holders of Series A
Preferred Stock also participate ratably in the dividend or distribution, and (y) the full Board has ratified (in the case of clause (1), by the affirmative vote of at least two-thirds of the Board then in
office, and in the case of (2), by the affirmative vote of a majority of the Board then in office) the Disinterested Directors’ Committee’s declaration and approval of the dividend or distribution under
clauses (1) and (2).

Under the terms of the Credit Agreement, during the fiscal years ending December 31, 2021, and December 31, 2022, the Company may not make restricted payments (including purchases

and redemptions) in cash solely with

2

respect to the Series A Preferred Stock unless a ratable payment (on an as-converted basis) is made to holders of the Common Stock and such payments would otherwise be permitted under the terms
of the Credit Agreement. The Company’s ability to make ratable payments to holders of the Series A Preferred Stock and Common Stock is restricted by the terms of the Series A Certificate of
Designations.

Voting

Holders of the Series A Preferred Stock will be entitled to vote together as a single class with the holders of Common Stock, with each such holder entitled to cast the number of votes equal

to the number of votes such holder would have been entitled to cast if such holder were the holder of a number of shares of Common Stock equal to the whole number of shares of Common Stock
that would be issuable upon conversion of such holder’s shares of Series A Preferred Stock in addition to a number of shares of Common Stock equal to the amount of cumulative unpaid preference
dividends (whether or not authorized or declared) divided by the lesser of (i) the fair market value per share of such additional shares and (ii) the fair market value per share of the Common Stock.

So long as any shares of Series A Preferred Stock are outstanding, a vote or the consent of the holders representing a majority of the Series A Preferred Stock will be required for (i)

effecting or validating any amendment, modification or alteration to the Certificate of Incorporation that would authorize or create, or increase the authorized amount of, any shares of any class or
series or any securities convertible into shares of any class or series of capital stock that would rank senior or pari passu to the Series A Preferred Stock with respect to the payment of cumulative
dividends or upon the occurrence of a liquidation, (ii) any increase in the authorized number of shares of Series A Preferred Stock or of any series of capital stock that ranks pari passu with Series A
Preferred Stock in respect of the payment of cumulative dividends or upon the occurrence of a liquidation, (iii) effecting or validating any amendment, alteration or repeal of any provision of the
Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws that would have an adverse effect on the rights, preferences, privileges or voting power of Series A Preferred Stock or the holders thereof in any material
respect, or (iv) any action or inaction that would reduce the stated amount of any share of Series A Preferred Stock to below $5.25 per share.

Liquidation

Upon liquidation, Series A Preferred Stock will rank senior to the Common Stock and any future class of preferred stock, and will have the right to be paid, out of the assets of the Company

legally available for distribution to its stockholders, an amount equal to the Aggregate Liquidation Entitlement (as defined in the Series A Certificate of Designations) for all outstanding shares of
Series A Preferred Stock.

Other Rights

All shares of Series A Preferred Stock will automatically convert to shares of Common Stock, at a conversion price of $5.25 per share of Common Stock (subject to adjustment as described

in the Series A Certificate of Designations) (the “Conversion Price”) upon either (i) the election of holders representing a majority of the then-outstanding Series A Preferred Stock or (ii) the
occurrence of a Trading Day (as defined in the Series A Certificate of Designations) at any time on or after April 30, 2023 on which (A) the Common Stock is traded on a Principal Exchange, a
Fallback Exchange or an Over-the-Counter Market (each as defined in the Series A Certificate of Designations) and, in each case, the Automatic Conversion Fair Market Value (as defined in the
Series A Certificate of Designations) of the Common Stock exceeds 150% of the Conversion Price, and (B) the Consolidated EBITDA (as defined in the Series A Certificate of Designations) of the
Company and its subsidiaries for the last twelve months ended as of the last day of each of the two most recent fiscal quarters is greater than or equal to $600,000,000.

Shares of Series A Preferred Stock are also convertible into Common Stock at any time at the option of the holder, effective on January 1, April 1, July 1 and October 1 in each year, or on

the third business day prior to the date of redemption of the outstanding shares of the Series A Preferred Stock as described in the following paragraph.

The Company may, at its election, redeem all but not less than all of the outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock (i) at any time following April 30, 2027 or (ii) in connection with the

consummation of a Change of Control (as defined in the Series A Certificate of Designations), in either case for a cash purchase price equal to $5.25 per share plus cumulative unpaid preference
dividends (whether or not authorized or declared) as of the redemption date.

3

Anti-Takeover Protections

Certain provisions in the Certificate of Incorporation and the Bylaws summarized below may be deemed to have an anti-takeover effect and may delay, deter or prevent a tender offer or

takeover attempt that a stockholder might consider to be in its best interests, including attempts that might result in a premium being paid over the market price for the shares held by stockholders.
These provisions are intended to enhance the likelihood of continuity and stability in the composition of the Board and in the policies formulated by the Board and to discourage certain types of
transactions that may involve an actual or threatened change of control.

Removal

Subject to the rights of holders of any one or more series of preferred stock, the Certificate of Incorporation provides that (i) any director may be removed with or without cause and (ii) the

removal of any director, with or without cause, will require the affirmative vote of the holders of at least a majority of the combined voting power of the then-outstanding shares of all classes and
series of capital stock generally entitled to vote in the election of directors of the Company.

For information on the rights of holders of Series A Preferred Stock regarding the removal of directors, see “Series A Investor Rights Agreement” below.

Blank Check Preferred Stock

The Certificate of Incorporation authorizes the Board to designate and issue, without any further vote or action by the stockholders (subject to the rights of the holders of the Series A

Preferred Stock), out of the unissued shares of preferred stock, for series of preferred stock and, with respect to such series, to fix the number of shares constituting the series and the designation of
the series, the voting powers (if any) of the shares of the series, and the preferences and relative, participating, optional and other rights, if any, and any qualifications, limitations or restrictions, of
the shares of such series. The ability to issue such preferred stock could discourage potential acquisition proposals and could delay or prevent a change in control.

Stockholder Action by Written Consent

Prior to the first date on which either the Centerbridge Investors (as defined below) or the Oaktree Investors (as defined below) cease to have the right to designate two individuals for
election to the Board (such date, the “Transition Date”), any action required or permitted to be taken at any annual or special meeting of the Company’s stockholders may be taken without a meeting,
without prior notice and without a vote, if a consent or consents in writing, setting forth the action so taken, shall be signed by the holders of outstanding stock of the Company having not less than
the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all shares entitled to vote thereon were present and voted so long as the Board has
unanimously recommended that the Company’s stockholders take such action. On and after the Transition Date, and subject to the rights of the holders of any outstanding series of preferred stock,
any action required or permitted to be taken by the holders of any class or series of stock of the Company may be taken only upon the vote of stockholders at annual or special meetings duly called
and may not be taken by written consent of the stockholders.

Special Stockholder Meetings

The Certificate of Incorporation and the Bylaws provide that a special meeting of stockholders may only be called by the affirmative vote of a majority of the Board, the Chairman of the

Board, the Chief Executive Officer (or, in the absence of a Chief Executive Officer, the President) of the Company, or by the holders of a majority of the then-outstanding shares of Series A Preferred
Stock, for so long as the Centerbridge Investors and the Oaktree Investors beneficially own, in the aggregate, a majority of the then outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock. Each special
meeting shall be held at such date, time and place either within or without the State of Delaware, or by means of remote communication, as may be determined by the Board and as specified in the
notice of meeting. Except as described herein, stockholders may not call or request special meetings of stockholders.

Requirements for Advance Notification of Stockholder Nominations and Proposals

The Bylaws establish advance notice procedures for stockholder proposals to be brought before an annual meeting of the Company’s stockholders and proposed nominations of persons for
election to the Board to be brought before an annual or special meeting of the stockholders. Although the Bylaws do not give the Board the power to approve or disapprove stockholder nominations
of candidates or proposals regarding other business to be conducted at a special or annual meeting, the Bylaws may have the effect of precluding the conduct of certain business at a

4

meeting if the proper procedures are not followed or may discourage or deter a potential acquirer from conducting a solicitation of proxies to elect its own slate of directors or otherwise attempting to
obtain control of the Company.

No Cumulative Voting

The DGCL provides that stockholders are denied the right to cumulate votes in the election of directors unless the company’s certificate of incorporation provides otherwise. The Certificate

of Incorporation does not provide for cumulative voting.

Amendments to Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws

The DGCL provides that the affirmative vote of holders of a majority of a company’s voting stock then outstanding is required to amend such company’s certificate of incorporation unless
the company’s certificate of incorporation provides a higher threshold, and our Certificate of Incorporation does not provide for a higher threshold. The Certificate of Incorporation provides that the
By-Laws may be amended by the Board or by the affirmative vote of holders of at least a majority of the combined voting power of the then-outstanding shares of the Company’s capital stock
entitled generally to vote in the election of directors of the Company, voting together as a single class. Except as otherwise required by law, holders of Common Stock, as such, shall not be entitled to
vote on any amendment to the Certificate of Incorporation that relates solely to the terms of one or more outstanding series of Preferred Stock if the holders of such affected series are entitled, either
separately or together with the holders of one or more other such series, to vote thereon pursuant to this the Certificate of Incorporation, the DGCL, or a Certificate of Designations setting forth the
terms of such series of Preferred Stock.

Section 203 of the DGCL

The Company is subject to Section 203 of the DGCL, which, subject to certain exceptions, prohibits a Delaware corporation from engaging in any business combination with any interested

stockholder for a period of three years following the date that such stockholder became an interested stockholder.

The acquisition of shares of Series A Preferred Stock pursuant to the Amended Joint Plan of Reorganization filed by the Company and certain of its subsidiaries on April 26, 2021, which

was subsequently confirmed by the United States Bankruptcy Court for the Southern District of New York on April 26, 2021 (the “Plan”) by the Centerbridge Investors and the Oaktree Investors was
approved by the Board for the purposes of Section 203 of the DGCL.

Limitation on Liability of Directors and Indemnification of Directors and Officers

Delaware law authorizes corporations to limit or eliminate the personal liability of directors to corporations and their stockholders for monetary damages for breaches of directors’ fiduciary

duties as directors, and the Certificate of Incorporation includes such an exculpation provision. The Bylaws and Certificate of Incorporation include provisions that indemnify, to the fullest extent
allowable under the DGCL, the personal liability of directors or officers for monetary damages for actions taken as a director, officer or agent of the Company, or for serving at the Company’s
request as a director, officer or agent at another corporation or enterprise, as the case may be. The Bylaws and Certificate of Incorporation also provide that the Company must indemnify and
advance reasonable expenses to the Company’s directors, officers and employees, subject to receipt of an undertaking from the indemnified party as may be required under the DGCL. The Bylaws
expressly authorize the Company to carry directors’ and officers’ insurance to protect the Company, its directors, officers and employees for some liabilities.

Exclusive Forum

The Certificate of Incorporation provides, in all cases to the fullest extent permitted by law, that unless the Company consents in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the Court of

Chancery located within the State of Delaware is the sole and exclusive forum for any derivative action or proceeding brought on behalf of the Company, any action asserting a claim of breach of a
fiduciary duty owed by any of the Company’s directors, officers or other employees or stockholders to the Company or its stockholders, any action asserting a claim arising pursuant to the DGCL or
as to which the DGCL confers jurisdiction on the Court of Chancery located in the State of Delaware, any action asserting a claim governed by the internal affairs doctrine or any other action
asserting an “internal corporate claim” as that term is defined in Section 115 of the DGCL. However, if the Court of Chancery within the State of Delaware does not have jurisdiction, the action may
be brought in any other state or federal court located within the State of Delaware.

5

In addition, the Certificate of Incorporation provides that, unless the Company consents in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the sole and exclusive forum for any complaint

asserting a cause of action arising under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), shall be the federal district courts of the United States.

Nothing in the Certificate of Incorporation precludes stockholders that assert claims under the Exchange Act from bringing such claims in federal court to the extent that the Exchange Act

confers exclusive federal jurisdiction over such claims, subject to applicable law.

Although the Certificate of Incorporation contains the choice of forum provision described above, it is possible that a court could find that such a provision is inapplicable for a particular

claim or action or that such provision is unenforceable. For example, Section 22 of the Securities Act creates concurrent jurisdiction for federal and state courts over all suits brought to enforce any
duty or liability created by the Securities Act or the rules and regulations thereunder. Accordingly, there is uncertainty as to whether a court would enforce such a forum selection provision as written
in connection with claims arising under the Securities Act.

Transfer Agent and Registrar

The transfer agent and registrar for the Common Stock and Series A Preferred Stock is Equiniti Trust Company.

Listing

The Common Stock (GTX) and the Series A Preferred Stock (GTXAP) are listed on the Nasdaq Global Select Market.

Registration Rights Agreement

Pursuant to the Plan, the Company and certain holders of the Common Stock and Series A Preferred Stock (the “Registration Rights Holders”) executed the Registration Rights Agreement,

dated as of the Effective Date (as defined below).

Pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement, the Company was obligated to provide, and provided, notice to the Accredited Investor Eligible Holders (as defined in the Registration

Rights Agreement) that they are (i) able to become parties to the Registration Rights Agreement and (ii) participate in the Shelf Registration Statement (the “Shelf Notice”). The Company agreed to
use its reasonable best efforts to file with the SEC a shelf registration statement on Form S-1, the (“Shelf Registration Statement”), covering the resale of all of the Registrable Securities (as defined
in the Registration Rights Agreement) on a continuous basis as promptly as practicable following the Effective Date (taking into account the need to provide Accredited Investor Eligible Holders a
reasonable opportunity to respond to the Shelf Notice (as defined below) and in any event no later than 30 days following the Effective Date). As promptly as practicable thereafter, the Company
agreed to use its reasonable best efforts to cause such Shelf Registration Statement to become effective on the earliest date practicable.

At any time following the date that the Company satisfied the conditions to effectiveness set forth in the Plan and in the order of the Bankruptcy Court confirming the Plan (the “Effective
Date”), any Registration Rights Holders who, directly or indirectly, together with their respective affiliates, have beneficial ownership of at least 7.5% of the then issued and outstanding shares of
Common Stock, after giving effect to the conversion of the Series A Preferred Stock (such Registration Rights Holders, the “Required Investors”), may request registration of all or any portion of the
Registrable Securities beneficially owned by such Required Investors on Form S-1 or, if available, on Form S-3 (each, a “Demand Registration”). Unless there is then a currently effective Shelf
Registration Statement covering such Registrable Securities, the Company will effect such Demand Registration by filing with the SEC a registration statement within (i) 60 days in the case of a
registration statement on Form S-1 and (ii) 30 days in the case of a registration statement on Form S-3. The aggregate number of Demand Registrations on Form S-1 that may be requested by the
Required Investors shall not exceed four; the Required Investors may request an unlimited number of Demand Registrations on Form S-3.

The relevant Required Investors may request to effectuate any offering of Registrable Securities by means of an underwritten offering, provided that the aggregate gross proceeds of such

public offering are expected to be at least $50 million. The Company will not be required to effect more than one underwritten offering in any 90-day period.

6

In the event the Company proposes to file a Shelf Registration Statement with respect to any offering of its equity securities, the Company will give written notice of such proposed filing to

the Registration Rights Holders as soon as practicable (but in no event less than five business days prior to the proposed date of public filing of such shelf), and such notice shall offer the
Registration Rights Holders the opportunity to register under such registration statement the resale of such number of Registrable Securities as each such Registration Rights Holder may request in
writing (a “Piggyback Registration”). If the Company proposes to file a registration statement that is not a Shelf Registration Statement with respect to any offering of its equity securities, the
Company will give written notice of such proposed filing to certain of the Registration Rights Holders (the “Piggyback Eligible Investors”), and such notice shall offer the Piggyback Eligible
Investors the opportunity to make a Piggyback Registration. If the Company proposes to undertake an underwritten offering pursuant to a registration statement for which there was a Piggyback
Registration, the Piggyback Eligible Investors may be entitled to participate in such underwritten offering, subject to customary “cutback” provisions in certain circumstances.

If requested by the managing underwriter or underwriters in the event of any underwritten public offering of equity securities by the Company, each holder of Registrable Securities
participating in such sale agrees, as a condition to such holder’s participation in the offering, to execute a lock-up agreement, which will provide for restrictions on transferring the Company’s capital
stock as specified in the Registration Rights Agreement. Additionally, in connection with any underwritten public offering of Registrable Securities and upon the request of the managing underwriter
or underwriters, the Company will agree not to effect any public sale or distribution of any Lock-Up Securities (as defined in the Registration Rights Agreement).

The Registration Rights Agreement includes customary indemnification provisions. The Company is responsible for its own expenses associated with the performance of its obligations

under the Registration Rights Agreement and certain fees and expenses of legal counsel to the relevant Registration Rights Holders. Except as described in the preceding sentence, the Registration
Rights Holders will bear their own expenses, including any underwriting discounts, selling commissions and transfer taxes applicable to any sale of Registrable Securities.

The Registration Rights Agreement will automatically terminate upon the later of (i) the expiration of the Shelf Period (as defined in the Registration Rights Agreement) and (ii) at such time

as no Registrable Securities remain outstanding.

The foregoing description of the Registration Rights Agreement does not purport to be complete and is qualified in its entirety by reference to the full text of the Registration Rights

Agreement, which is attached as an exhibit to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2021 (the “Annual Report”) and incorporated by reference herein.

Series A Investor Rights Agreement

Pursuant to the Plan, the Company entered into a Series A Investor Rights Agreement (the “Series A Investor Rights Agreement”) with Centerbridge Credit Partners Master, L.P.
(“Centerbridge Credit”), Centerbridge Special Credit Partners III-Flex, L.P. (“Centerbridge Special Credit” and, together with Centerbridge Credit, the “Centerbridge Investors”), OCM Opps GTM
Holdings, LLC (“OCM Opps”), Oaktree Value Opportunities Fund Holdings, L.P. (“Oaktree Value”), Oaktree Phoenix Investment Fund, L.P. (“Oaktree Phoenix”) and Oaktree Opportunities Fund
Xb Holdings (Delaware), L.P. (“Oaktree Opportunities” and, together with OCM Opps, Oaktree Value and Oaktree Phoenix, the “Oaktree Investors”) and the other signatories thereto (the
“Additional Investors” and, together with the Centerbridge Investors and the Oaktree Investors, the “Series A Investors”). Pursuant to the Series A Investor Rights Agreement, as of the Effective
Date, the Centerbridge Investors and Oaktree Investors each have the right to designate three directors for election to the Board and the Additional Investors have the right to designate one director
for election to the Board. One director will be the chief executive officer of the Company.

The Centerbridge Investors and Oaktree Investors each have a continuing right to designate three directors to the Board, subject to their respective (and permitted transferees’) beneficial

ownership of at least 60% of their respective aggregate initial ownership interest as of the Effective Date (the “Initial Investor Interest”), at least one of which will not be employed by Centerbridge
Investors or Oaktree Investors, as applicable, or their respective affiliates. If the Centerbridge Investors or Oaktree Investors, as applicable, beneficially own less than 60% but at least 40% of their
respective Initial Investor Interest, then they will each have the right to designate at least two directors to the Board. If the Centerbridge Investors or Oaktree Investors, as applicable, beneficially own
less than 40% but at least 20% of their respective Initial Investor Interest, then they will each have the right to designate at least one director to the Board. If the Centerbridge Investors or Oaktree
Investors, as applicable, cease to own at least 20% of their respective Initial Investor Interest, then they will have no right to designate any directors to the Board.

7

Pursuant to the Series A Investor Rights Agreement, the Additional Investors have a continuing right to designate one director for election to the Board, subject to their (and permitted

transferees’) beneficial ownership of at least 60% of their Initial Investor Interest. If the Additional Investors beneficially own less than 60% of their Initial Investor Interest, then they have no right
to designate any directors to the Board. The designee of the Additional Investors shall be the person nominated, separately and not jointly, by those Additional Investors holding at least 65% of the
shares of Series A Preferred Stock held by the Additional Investors at such time. After the Additional Investors no longer have a right to designate a director as described above, if the Company
becomes aware that at least 20% of the Series A Preferred Stock issued as of the Effective Date is held by stockholders other than the Centerbridge Investors and Oaktree Investors, then the holders
of a majority of the Series A Preferred Stock then outstanding (excluding Series A Preferred Stock held by the Centerbridge Investors and the Oaktree Investors) will collectively have the right to
designate one director to the Board.

If the number of individuals that any Series A Investor has the right to designate for election to the Board is decreased in accordance with the foregoing, then the corresponding number of

directors designated by such Investor will immediately offer to resign from the Board under the terms of the Series A Investor Rights Agreement.

The Company is restricted under the Series A Investor Rights Agreement from increasing the size of the Board without the written consent of the Series A Investors holding a majority of
the then-outstanding Series A Preferred Stock for so long as the outstanding Series A Preferred Stock represents, in the aggregate, a majority of the combined voting power of the then-outstanding
shares of all classes and series of capital stock of the Company entitled generally to vote in the election of directors of the Company.

The foregoing description of the Series A Investor Rights Agreement is not complete and is qualified in its entirety by reference to the Series A Investor Rights Agreement, which is

attached as an exhibit to the Annual Report and incorporated herein by reference.

8

Exhibit 21.1

   State

DE

DE

Country

United States

United States

United States

United States

United States

United States

United States

United Kingdom

United Kingdom

United Kingdom

United Kingdom

United Kingdom

United Kingdom

United Kingdom

United Kingdom

United Kingdom

United Kingdom

Thailand

Thailand

Thailand

Thailand

Switzerland

Switzerland

Slovakia

Garrett Motion Inc. (a Delaware corporation)
Subsidiaries

Entity

Garrett ASASCO Inc.

Garrett Transportation I Inc.

BRH LLC

Friction Materials LLC

Garrett Motion Holdings Inc.

Garrett Motion LLC

Garrett Motion Inc.

Garrett Motion UK A Limited (in liquidation)

COM DEV Investments Limited (in liquidation)

Garrett Motion UK B Limited (in liquidation)

Garrett Motion UK C Limited (in liquidation)

Garrett Motion UK D Limited (in liquidation)

Garrett Motion UK Limited

Garrett Transportation Systems Ltd [UK]

Garrett Transportation Systems UK II Ltd (in liquidation)

Garrett TS Ltd

Garrett Turbo Ltd (in liquidation)

FMP Distribution Ltd

FMP Group (Thailand) Limited

Garrett Motion (Thailand) Co., Ltd.

Garrett Transportation Systems Ltd. [Thailand]

Garrett Motion Sarl

Garret Motion Switzerland Holdings Sàrl

Garrett Motion Slovakia s.r.o

Russian Federation

OOO Garrett Transportation Systems

Romania

Romania

Mexico

Mexico

Malaysia

Luxembourg

Luxembourg

Republic of Korea

Japan

Italy

Ireland

Ireland

Ireland

Ireland

Ireland

India

India

Garrett Motion Romania S.r.l.

Garrett Motion International Services, S.r.l.

Garrett Motion Automotive Research Mexico S. de R.L. de C.V

Garrett Motion Mexico S.A. de C.V

FMP Automotive (Malaysia) SDN BHD

Garrett LX I Sarl

Garrett LX III Sarl

Garrett Motion Korea Ltd.

Garrett Motion Japan Inc

Garrett Motion Italia S.r.l.

Calvari Limited (in liquidation)

Garrett Motion Ireland A Limited

Garrett Motion Ireland B Limited (in liquidation)

Garrett Motion Ireland C Limited (in liquidation)

Garrett Motion Ireland Limited

Garrett Motion Engineering Solutions Private Limited

Garrett Motion Technologies (India) Private Limited

Germany

Garrett Motion Germany GmbH

  
France

France

France

France

France

Garrett Motion France S.A.S.

Garrett Finances SNC

Garrett Motion France A S.A.S.

Garrett Motion France B S.A.S

Garrett Motion France C S.A.

Czech Republic

Garrett Motion Czech Republic s.r.o.

China

China

China

Brazil

Australia

Australia

Australia

Argentina

China

Brazil

Bermuda

Australia

Australia

Australia

Argentina

Garrett Motion Technology (Shanghai) Co.,Ltd

Garrett Motion Technology (Wuhan) Co.,Ltd

Garrett (China) Investment Co., Ltd.

Garrett Motion Industria Automotiva Brasil Ltda

FMP Group (Australia) Pty Ltd

FMP Group Pty Limited

Garrett Motion Australia Pty Limited

Turbodina S.A.I.y.C.

Garrett (China) Investment Co., Ltd.

Garrett Motion Industria Automotiva Brasil Ltda

Garrett Motion Bermuda Ltd.

FMP Group (Australia) Pty Ltd

FMP Group Pty Limited

Garrett Motion Australia Pty Limited

Turbodina S.A.I.y.C.

  
  
  
  
  
CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

We consent to the incorporation by reference in Registration Statement No. 333-256656 on Form S-8 of our reports dated February 14, 2023, relating to the financial statements of Garrett Motion
Inc. (the “Company”), and the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting appearing in the Annual Report on Form 10-K of the Company for the year ended December
31, 2022.

Exhibit 23.1

/s/ Deloitte SA
Geneva, Switzerland
February 14, 2023

CERTIFICATION

Exhibit 31.1

I, Olivier Rabiller, certify that:

1.    I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10-K of Garrett Motion Inc.;

2.    Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances

under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

3.    Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and

cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

4.    The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and

internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

(a)    Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to

the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

(b)    Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance

regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

(c)    Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and

procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

(d)    Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal

quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

5.    The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee

of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

(a)    All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s

ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

(b)    Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

Date: February 14, 2023

By:

/s/ Olivier Rabiller
Olivier Rabiller
President and Chief Executive Officer
(principal executive officer)

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                
CERTIFICATION

Exhibit 31.2

I, Sean Deason, certify that:

1.    I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10-K of Garrett Motion Inc.;

2.    Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances

under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

3.    Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and

cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

4.    The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and

internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

(a)    Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to

the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

(b)    Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance

regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

(c)    Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and

procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

(d)    Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal

quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

5.    The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee

of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

(a)    All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s

ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

(b)    Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

Date: February 14, 2023

By:

/s/ Sean Deason

Sean Deason
Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

(principal financial officer)

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO

18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350, AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO

SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

Exhibit 32.1

In connection with the Annual Report on Form 10-K of Garrett Motion Inc. (the “Company”) for the period ended December 31, 2022 as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the
date hereof (the “Report”), I certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. § 1350, as adopted pursuant to § 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that:

(1)

(2)

The Report fully complies with the requirements of section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and

The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.

Date: February 14, 2023

By:

/s/ Olivier Rabiller

Olivier Rabiller
President and Chief Executive Officer
(principal executive officer)

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO

18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350, AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO

SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

Exhibit 32.2

In connection with the Annual Report on Form 10-K of Garrett Motion Inc. (the “Company”) for the period ended December 31, 2022 as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the
date hereof (the “Report”), I certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. § 1350, as adopted pursuant to § 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that:

(1)

(2)

The Report fully complies with the requirements of section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and

The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.

Date: February 14, 2023

By:

/s/ Sean Deason

Sean Deason
Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
(principal financial officer)